From 4f5791ebd03eaec1c7da0865a383175b05102712 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Baumann Date: Sun, 5 May 2024 19:47:29 +0200 Subject: Adding upstream version 2:4.17.12+dfsg. Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann --- .../smbdotconf/base/additionaldnshostnames.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml | 57 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/enablecorefiles.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml | 87 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/mdnsname.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/multicastdnsregister.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml | 32 +++ .../smbdotconf/base/preforkbackoffincrement.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkchildren.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkmaximumbackoff.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverservices.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/allowdnsupdates.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsforwarder.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsupdatecommand.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonescavenging.xml | 23 ++ .../domain/dnszonetransferclientsallow.xml | 26 +++ .../domain/dnszonetransferclientsdeny.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/gpoupdatecommand.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/nsupdatecommand.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/spnupdatecommand.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml | 10 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml | 47 ++++ .../smbdotconf/filename/hidenewfilestimeout.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml | 13 ++ .../smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml | 77 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml | 61 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml | 12 + .../smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml | 53 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl | 49 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh | 23 ++ .../smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml | 41 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapderef.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapfollowreferral.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxanonrequest.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxauthrequest.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxsearchrequest.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappagesize.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml | 91 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml | 29 +++ .../ldap/ldapserverrequirestrongauth.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml | 30 +++ .../smbdotconf/locking/force_process_locks.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kernelsharemodes.xml | 32 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/smb2leases.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml | 18 ++ .../smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugsyslogformat.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtraceid.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logging.xml | 45 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml | 171 +++++++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/timestamplogs.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml | 47 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/allownt4crypto.xml | 106 +++++++++ .../smbdotconf/logon/autheventnotification.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml | 56 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml | 69 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml | 54 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/rejectmd5clients.xml | 110 ++++++++++ .../smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml | 61 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml | 72 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afstokenlifetime.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml | 19 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/allowinsecurewidelinks.xml | 37 ++++ .../smbdotconf/misc/allowunsafeclusterupgrade.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/asyncsmbechohandler.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/auto_services.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/cachedirectory.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml | 80 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/ctdblocktimewarnthreshold.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbtimeout.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml | 52 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml | 62 ++++++ .../smbdotconf/misc/directorynamecachesize.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbeventnotification.xml | 29 +++ .../misc/dsdbgroupchangenotification.xml | 29 +++ .../misc/dsdbpasswordeventnotification.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchaddress.xml | 14 ++ .../misc/elasticsearchignoreunknownattribute.xml | 19 ++ .../misc/elasticsearchignoreunknowntype.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchindex.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmappings.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmaxresults.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchport.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchusetls.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fssprunestale.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fsssequencetimeout.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml | 16 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/honorchangenotifyprivilege.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/logwriteablefilesonexit.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml | 79 +++++++ .../smbdotconf/misc/nbtclientsocketaddress.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ncalrpcdir.xml | 12 + .../smbdotconf/misc/nmbdbindexplicitbroadcast.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/perfcountmodule.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml | 50 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdasyncdosmode.xml | 13 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/smbdgetinfoasksharemode.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxasyncdosmode.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxxattrsize.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdprofilinglevel.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/smbdsearchasksharemode.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight_backend.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/statedirectory.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml | 32 +++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml | 23 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volumeserialnumber.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml | 64 ++++++ .../smbdotconf/printing/cupsconnectiontimeout.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsencrypt.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml | 37 ++++ .../smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enablespoolss.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml | 41 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml | 41 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml | 54 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml | 87 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml | 45 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/printing/printnotifybackchannel.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml | 28 +++ .../smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml | 30 +++ .../smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml | 34 +++ .../smbdotconf/printing/spoolssarchitecture.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssosversion.xml | 80 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml | 39 ++++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/aclallowexecutealways.xml | 25 +++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/cldapport.xml | 12 + .../smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcmaxprotocol.xml | 29 +++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcminprotocol.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientmaxprotocol.xml | 86 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientminprotocol.xml | 32 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml | 27 +++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/dcerpcendpointservers.xml | 11 + .../smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dgramport.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dnsport.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/durablehandles.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/lsaovernetlogon.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml | 70 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nbtport.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcbigendian.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcserverport.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermaxprotocol.xml | 69 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/serverminprotocol.xml | 23 ++ .../protocol/servermultichannelsupport.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/sharefakefscaps.xml | 19 ++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/smb1unixextensions.xml | 24 ++ .../smb2_disable_lock_sequence_checking.xml | 41 ++++ .../protocol/smb2_disable_oplock_break_retry.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxcredits.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxread.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxtrans.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxwrite.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unicode.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml | 25 +++ .../smbdotconf/rpc/rpcserverdynamicportrange.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/rpc/rpcstartondemandhelpers.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/accessbasedshareenum.xml | 19 ++ .../security/aclflaginheritedcanonicalization.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml | 45 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml | 18 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml | 26 +++ .../security/allowdcerpcauthlevelconnect.xml | 27 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/binddnsdir.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientipcsigning.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml | 46 ++++ .../smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientprotection.xml | 51 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencrypt.xml | 126 +++++++++++ .../security/clientsmbencryptionalgos.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/clientsmbsigningalgos.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusekerberos.xml | 49 +++++ .../security/clientusepsnegoprincipal.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml | 37 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/debugencryption.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/dedicatedkeytabfile.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml | 33 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml | 47 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml | 25 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml | 25 +++ .../security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml | 11 + .../smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml | 62 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml | 58 +++++ .../smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml | 34 +++ .../security/kdcdefaultdomainsupportedenctypes.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcenablefast.xml | 15 ++ .../security/kdcforceenablerc4weaksessionkeys.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/kdcsupportedenctypes.xml | 40 ++++ .../security/kerberosencryptiontypes.xml | 47 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosmethod.xml | 41 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kpasswdport.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/krb5port.xml | 10 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml | 55 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lognttokencommand.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml | 62 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mindomainuid.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mitkdccommand.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nt_hash_store.xml | 70 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml | 87 ++++++++ .../security/ntpsigndsocketdirectory.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml | 19 ++ .../security/oldpasswordallowedperiod.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml | 65 ++++++ .../smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml | 57 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml | 37 ++++ .../smbdotconf/security/passwordhashgpgkeyids.xml | 45 ++++ .../security/passwordhashuserpasswordschemes.xml | 67 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml | 46 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rawntlmv2auth.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/sambakcccommand.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml | 104 +++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverrole.xml | 96 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml | 102 +++++++++ .../security/serverschannelrequireseal.xml | 117 ++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencrypt.xml | 241 +++++++++++++++++++++ .../security/serversmbencryptionalgos.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/serversmbsigningalgos.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscafile.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscertfile.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscrlfile.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsdhparamsfile.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsenabled.xml | 10 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlskeyfile.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlspriority.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsverifypeer.xml | 47 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml | 130 +++++++++++ .../smbdotconf/security/usernamemapcachetime.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiomaxthreads.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritebehind.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/asyncdnstimeout.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml | 27 +++ .../tuning/checkparentdirectorydeleteonclose.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml | 104 +++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictrename.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml | 58 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsshufflereferrals.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/ntvfshandler.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml | 46 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/applygrouppolicies.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/createkrb5conf.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml | 122 +++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/includesystemkrb5conf.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/netutralizent4emulation.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/rejectmd5servers.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/requirestrongkey.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml | 20 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbinddsocketdirectory.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml | 23 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml | 35 +++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindignoredomains.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxclients.xml | 19 ++ .../winbind/winbindmaxdomainconnections.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml | 16 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml | 38 ++++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrequesttimeout.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml | 15 ++ .../winbind/winbindscantrusteddomains.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindsealedpipes.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml | 20 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml | 22 ++ .../winbind/winbindusekrb5enterpriseprincipals.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/maxwinsttl.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/minwinsttl.xml | 15 ++ .../wins/nbtd-wins_prepend1bto1cqueries.xml | 16 ++ .../smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist.xml | 19 ++ .../wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist_mask.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-localowner.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-nosync.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml | 58 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml | 16 ++ .../smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-periodic_interval.xml | 14 ++ .../wins/wreplsrv-propagate_name_releases.xml | 23 ++ .../wins/wreplsrv-scavenging_interval.xml | 11 + .../wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_extra_timeout.xml | 12 + .../wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_interval.xml | 12 + .../smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_timeout.xml | 12 + .../smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-verify_interval.xml | 13 ++ 515 files changed, 14190 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/additionaldnshostnames.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/enablecorefiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/mdnsname.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/multicastdnsregister.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkbackoffincrement.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkchildren.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkmaximumbackoff.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverservices.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/allowdnsupdates.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsforwarder.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsupdatecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonescavenging.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsallow.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsdeny.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/gpoupdatecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/nsupdatecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/spnupdatecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidenewfilestimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl create mode 100755 docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapderef.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapfollowreferral.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxanonrequest.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxauthrequest.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxsearchrequest.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappagesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapserverrequirestrongauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/force_process_locks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kernelsharemodes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/smb2leases.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugsyslogformat.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtraceid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logging.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/timestamplogs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/allownt4crypto.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/autheventnotification.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/rejectmd5clients.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afstokenlifetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowinsecurewidelinks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowunsafeclusterupgrade.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/asyncsmbechohandler.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/auto_services.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/cachedirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdblocktimewarnthreshold.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbtimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/directorynamecachesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbeventnotification.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbgroupchangenotification.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbpasswordeventnotification.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchaddress.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknownattribute.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknowntype.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchindex.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmappings.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmaxresults.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchusetls.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fssprunestale.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fsssequencetimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/honorchangenotifyprivilege.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/logwriteablefilesonexit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nbtclientsocketaddress.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ncalrpcdir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nmbdbindexplicitbroadcast.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/perfcountmodule.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdasyncdosmode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdgetinfoasksharemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxasyncdosmode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxxattrsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdprofilinglevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdsearchasksharemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight_backend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/statedirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volumeserialnumber.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsconnectiontimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsencrypt.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enablespoolss.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printnotifybackchannel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssarchitecture.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssosversion.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclallowexecutealways.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/cldapport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcmaxprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcminprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientmaxprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientminprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dcerpcendpointservers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dgramport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dnsport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/durablehandles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/lsaovernetlogon.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nbtport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcbigendian.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcserverport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermaxprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/serverminprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermultichannelsupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/sharefakefscaps.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb1unixextensions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_lock_sequence_checking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_oplock_break_retry.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxcredits.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxread.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxtrans.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxwrite.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unicode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcserverdynamicportrange.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcstartondemandhelpers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/accessbasedshareenum.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclflaginheritedcanonicalization.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowdcerpcauthlevelconnect.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/binddnsdir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientipcsigning.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientprotection.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencrypt.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencryptionalgos.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbsigningalgos.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusekerberos.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusepsnegoprincipal.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/debugencryption.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/dedicatedkeytabfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcdefaultdomainsupportedenctypes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcenablefast.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcforceenablerc4weaksessionkeys.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcsupportedenctypes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosencryptiontypes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosmethod.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kpasswdport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/krb5port.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lognttokencommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mindomainuid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mitkdccommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nt_hash_store.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntpsigndsocketdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/oldpasswordallowedperiod.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashgpgkeyids.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashuserpasswordschemes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rawntlmv2auth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/sambakcccommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverrole.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannelrequireseal.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencrypt.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencryptionalgos.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbsigningalgos.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscafile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscertfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscrlfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsdhparamsfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsenabled.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlskeyfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlspriority.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsverifypeer.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiomaxthreads.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritebehind.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/asyncdnstimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/checkparentdirectorydeleteonclose.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictrename.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsshufflereferrals.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/ntvfshandler.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/applygrouppolicies.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/createkrb5conf.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/includesystemkrb5conf.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/netutralizent4emulation.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/rejectmd5servers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/requirestrongkey.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbinddsocketdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindignoredomains.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxclients.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxdomainconnections.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrequesttimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindscantrusteddomains.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindsealedpipes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusekrb5enterpriseprincipals.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/maxwinsttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/minwinsttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_prepend1bto1cqueries.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist_mask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-localowner.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-nosync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-periodic_interval.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-propagate_name_releases.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-scavenging_interval.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_extra_timeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_interval.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_timeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-verify_interval.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/additionaldnshostnames.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/additionaldnshostnames.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddc04ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/additionaldnshostnames.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + A list of additional DNS names by which this host can be identified + + +empty string (no additional dns names) + host2.example.com host3.other.com + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a148f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + This global parameter allows the Samba admin + to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It + affects file service smbd + 8 and name service nmbd + 8 in a slightly different ways. + + + For name service it causes nmbd to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the + interfaces listed in the parameter. nmbd + also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of + reading broadcast messages. If this option is not set then nmbd will + service name requests on all of these sockets. If is set then + nmbd will check the source address of any packets coming in on the + broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the + parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it + allows nmbd to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that + arrive through any interfaces not listed in the list. IP Source address + spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for + nmbd. + + + + For file service it causes smbd + 8 to bind only to the interface list given in the parameter. This restricts the networks that smbd will + serve, to packets coming in on those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that + are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with + non-permanent interfaces. + + + + If is set and the network address + 127.0.0.1 is not added to the parameter list + smbpasswd 8 may not + work as expected due to the reasons covered below. + + + + To change a users SMB password, the smbpasswd by default connects to the + localhost - 127.0.0.1 address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If + is set then unless the network address + 127.0.0.1 is added to the parameter list then smbpasswd will fail to connect in it's default mode. smbpasswd can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using + its smbpasswd 8 -r remote machine parameter, with remote + machine set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5aba83 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This is a text field that is seen next to a share + when a client does a queries the server, either via the network + neighborhood or via net view to list what shares + are available. + + If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the + machine name then see the parameter. + + +No comment +Fred's Files + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2237569 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This controls the backend for storing the configuration. + Possible values are file (the default) + and registry. + When registry + is encountered while loading smb.conf, + the configuration read so far is dropped and the global + options are read from registry instead. So this triggers a + registry only configuration. Share definitions are not read + immediately but instead registry + shares is set to yes. + + + Note: This option can not be set inside the registry + configuration itself. + + +file +registry + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebd7586 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + DOS SMB clients assume the server has + the same charset as they do. This option specifies which + charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. + + + The default depends on which charsets you have installed. + Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in + case it is not available. Run testparm + 1 to check the default on your system. + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/enablecorefiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/enablecorefiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aa057f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/enablecorefiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written + on internal exits. Normally set to yes. + You should never need to change this. + + + + yes + no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbc2971 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + This option allows you to override the default + network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name + registration and other NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT) traffic. By default Samba will query + the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any + interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable. + + The option takes a list of interface strings. Each string + can be in any of the following forms: + + + a network interface name (such as eth0). + This may include shell-like wildcards so eth* will match + any interface starting with the substring "eth" + + an IP address. In this case the netmask is + determined from the list of interfaces obtained from the + kernel + + an IP/mask pair. + + a broadcast/mask pair. + + + The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such + as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted + decimal form. + + The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted + decimal IP address or a hostname which will be looked up via + the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms. + + + By default Samba enables all active interfaces that are broadcast capable + except the loopback adaptor (IP address 127.0.0.1). + + + + In order to support SMB3 multi-channel configurations, smbd understands + some extra parameters which can be appended after the actual interface with + this extended syntax (note that the quoting is important in order to handle the ; and , + characters): + + + + "interface[;key1=value1[,key2=value2[...]]]" + + + + Known keys are speed, capability, and if_index. Speed is specified in + bits per second. Known capabilities are RSS and RDMA. The + if_index should be used with care: the values must not coincide with + indexes used by the kernel. + Note that these options are mainly intended for testing and + development rather than for production use. At least on Linux systems, + these values should be auto-detected, but the settings can serve + as last a resort when autodetection is not working or is not available. + The specified values overwrite the auto-detected values. + + + + The first two example below configures three network interfaces corresponding + to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10. + The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0. + + + + The other examples show how per interface extra parameters can be specified. + Notice the possible usage of "," and ";", which makes + the double quoting necessary. + + +bind interfaces only + +eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0 +eth0, 192.168.2.10/24; 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0 +"eth0;if_index=65,speed=1000000000,capability=RSS" +"lo;speed=1000000000" "eth0;capability=RSS" +"lo;speed=1000000000" , "eth0;capability=RSS" +"eth0;capability=RSS" , "rdma1;capability=RDMA" ; "rdma2;capability=RSS,capability=RDMA" + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/mdnsname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/mdnsname.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fba90ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/mdnsname.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the name that multicast DNS + support advertises as its' hostname. + + The default is to use the NETBIOS name which is typically + the hostname in all capital letters. + + A setting of mdns will defer the hostname configuration + to the MDNS library that is used. + + +netbios + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/multicastdnsregister.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/multicastdnsregister.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c330ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/multicastdnsregister.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + If compiled with proper support for it, Samba will + announce itself with multicast DNS services like for example + provided by the Avahi daemon. + + This parameter allows disabling Samba to register + itself. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9b66b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will + advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine + to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server + or logon server none of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon + servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised with these capabilities. + + +netbios name +empty string (no additional names) +TEST TEST1 TEST2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9e0538 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component + of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of + the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are advertised under. + + + Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters. + + + There is a bug in Samba that breaks operation of browsing and access to shares if the netbios name + is set to the literal name PIPE. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba + server PIPE. + + + +netbios aliases +machine DNS name +MYNAME + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..078697f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will + operate under. This should not be set unless every machine + on your LAN also sets this value. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..669c20d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + +directory + + This parameter specifies a directory to which + the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of + printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to + being submitted to the host for printing. + + For a printable service offering guest access, the service + should be readonly and the path should be world-writeable and + have the sticky bit set. This is not mandatory of course, but + you probably won't get the results you expect if you do + otherwise. + + Any occurrences of %u in the path + will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using + on this connection. Any occurrences of %m + will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are + connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting + up pseudo home directories for users. + +Note that this path will be based on + if one was specified. + + + + /home/fred + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkbackoffincrement.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkbackoffincrement.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cb1cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkbackoffincrement.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This option specifies the number of seconds added to the delay + before a prefork master or worker process is restarted. The + restart is initially zero, the prefork backoff increment is + added to the delay on each restart up to the value specified by + "prefork maximum backoff". + + + Additionally the the backoff for an individual service by using + "prefork backoff increment: service name" + i.e. "prefork backoff increment:ldap = 2" to set the + backoff increment to 2. + + If the backoff increment is 2 and the maximum backoff is 5. + There will be a zero second delay for the first restart. A two + second delay for the second restart. A four second delay for the + third and any subsequent restarts + + +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkchildren.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkchildren.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b9f8cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkchildren.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option controls the number of worker processes that are + started for each service when prefork process model is enabled + (see samba + 8 -M) + The prefork children are only started for those services that + support prefork (currently ldap, kdc and netlogon). + For processes that don't support preforking all requests are + handled by a single process for that service. + + + This should be set to a small multiple of the number of CPU's + available on the server + + Additionally the number of prefork children can be specified for + an individual service by using "prefork children: service name" + i.e. "prefork children:ldap = 8" to set the number of ldap + worker processes. + + +4 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkmaximumbackoff.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkmaximumbackoff.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17e530d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/preforkmaximumbackoff.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum delay before a failed pre-fork + process is restarted. + + + + +120 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd39c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is + used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 domain. It + is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. + + + + +mysambabox.mycompany.com + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverservices.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverservices.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dba65e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverservices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option contains the services that the Samba daemon will + run. + + An entry in the smb.conf file can either + override the previous value completely or entries can be removed from + or added to it by prefixing them with + or + -. + + +s3fs, rpc, nbt, wrepl, ldap, cldap, kdc, drepl, winbindd, ntp_signd, kcc, dnsupdate, dns +-s3fs, +smb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4088295 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print + manager and next to the IPC connection in net view. It + can be any string that you wish to show to your users. + + It also sets what will appear in browse lists next + to the machine name. + + A %v will be replaced with the Samba + version number. + + A %h will be replaced with the + hostname. + +Samba %v +University of GNUs Samba Server + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23c4f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + Specifies the charset the unix machine + Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to + convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. + + + This is also the charset Samba will use when specifying arguments + to scripts that it invokes. + + + +UTF-8 +ASCII + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1408147 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This controls what workgroup your server will + appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter + also controls the Domain name used with + the domain + setting. + +WORKGROUP +MYGROUP + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95db5f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If this parameter is set to yes for + a share, then the share will be an administrative share. The Administrative + Shares are the default network shares created by all Windows NT-based + operating systems. These are shares like C$, D$ or ADMIN$. The type of these + shares is STYPE_DISKTREE_HIDDEN. + + See the section below on for more + information about this option. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64dfcf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + +browsable + + This controls whether this share is seen in + the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f053e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This controls whether smbd + 8 will serve a browse list to + a client doing a NetServerEnum call. Normally + set to yes. You should never need to change + this. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8817f2b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + Tell smbd 8 to enable + WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes nmbd to claim a + special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given + . Local master browsers in the same on + broadcast-isolated subnets will give this nmbd their local browse lists, + and then ask smbd 8 for a + complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact their + local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their + broadcast-isolated subnet. + + + + Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that + by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting + to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and nmbd claims the + special name for a before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross + subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail. + + + + If yes, then the default behavior is to enable the + parameter. If is not enabled (the + default setting), then neither will be enabled by default. + + + + When Yes the default setting for this parameter is + Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If No, + Samba will function as a BDC. In general, this parameter should be set to 'No' only on a BDC. + + + +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ad8930 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This option enables a couple of enhancements to + cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba + but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. + + + The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular + wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers, + followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned + DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse + synchronization with all currently known DMBs. + + You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty + workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions + of the browse protocols, these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup + to stay around forever which can be annoying. + + In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes + cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ec5052 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This parameter determines if nmbd + 8 will produce Lanman announce + broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see + the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three + values, yes, no, or + auto. The default is auto. + If set to no Samba will never produce these + broadcasts. If set to yes Samba will produce + Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter + . If set to auto + Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will + listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will + then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter + . + + +lm interval +auto +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da33658 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce + broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the + parameter) then this + parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be + made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be + made despite the setting of the + parameter. + +lm announce +60 +120 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65a288d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option allows nmbd + 8 to try and become a local master browser + on a subnet. If set to no then + nmbd will not attempt to become a local master browser + on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By + default this value is set to yes. Setting this value to + yes doesn't mean that Samba will become the + local master browser on a subnet, just that nmbd + will participate in elections for local master browser. + + Setting this value to no will cause nmbd never to become a local +master browser. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43ba861 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this + parameter determines whether nmbd + 8 has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the in the local broadcast area. + + + + Note: By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating + systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can + effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3 + release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to + the chapter on Network Browsing in the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use + of this parameter. + Note: The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting + will start at 0! + + +20 +65 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15ebd24 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +prefered master + + + This boolean parameter controls if nmbd + 8 is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. + + + + If this is set to yes, on startup, nmbd will force + an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election. It is recommended that this + parameter is used in conjunction with yes, so that + nmbd can guarantee becoming a domain master. + + + + Use this option with caution, because if there are several hosts (whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) + that are preferred master browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically and continuously attempt + to become the local master browser. This will result in unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing + capabilities. + + +os level +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/allowdnsupdates.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/allowdnsupdates.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c0a0d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/allowdnsupdates.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This option determines what kind of updates to the DNS are allowed. + + + DNS updates can either be disallowed completely by setting it to + disabled, enabled over secure connections only by + setting it to secure only or allowed in all cases + by setting it to nonsecure. + + + +secure only +disabled + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsforwarder.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsforwarder.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf8875e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsforwarder.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option specifies the list of DNS servers that DNS requests will be + forwarded to if they can not be handled by Samba itself. + + + The DNS forwarder is only used if the internal DNS server + in Samba is used. Port numbers can be appended by separating them from + the address by using a colon (':'). When specifying a port, IPv6 + addresses must be enclosed in square brackets ('[' and ']'). IPv6 + forwarder addresses with no port specified, don't need the square + brackets, and default to port 53. + + + + +192.168.0.1 192.168.0.2 ::1 [2001:db8::1] [2001:db8:1:2::1]:54 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsupdatecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsupdatecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40cbc5b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnsupdatecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This option sets the command that is called when there are + DNS updates. It should update the local machines DNS names using + TSIG-GSS. + + + +&pathconfig.SCRIPTSBINDIR;/samba_dnsupdate +/usr/local/sbin/dnsupdate + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonescavenging.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonescavenging.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80ec144 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonescavenging.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + When enabled (the default is disabled) unused dynamic dns records are + periodically removed. + + + This option should not be enabled for installations created with + versions of samba before 4.9. Doing this will result in the loss of + static DNS entries. This is due to a bug in previous versions + of samba (BUG 12451) which marked dynamic DNS records as static and + static records as dynamic. + + + If one record for a DNS name is static (non-aging) then no other record + for that DNS name will be scavenged. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsallow.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsallow.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf01742 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsallow.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option specifies the list of IPs authorized to ask for dns zone + transfer from bind DLZ module. + + + The IP list is comma and space separated and specified in the same + syntax as used in , specifically + including IP address, IP prefixes and IP address masks. + + + As this is a DNS server option, hostnames are naturally not permitted. + + + The default behaviour is to deny any request. + A request will be authorized only if the emitting client is identified + in this list, and not in + + + + +192.168.0.1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsdeny.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsdeny.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ff8531 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/dnszonetransferclientsdeny.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option specifies the list of IPs denied to ask for dns zone + transfer from bind DLZ module. + + + The IP list is comma and space separated and specified in the same + syntax as used in , specifically + including IP address, IP prefixes and IP address masks. + + + As this is a DNS server option, hostnames are naturally not permitted. + + + If a client identified in this list sends a zone transfer request, it will always + be denied, even if they are in . + This allows the definition of specific denied clients within an authorized subnet. + + + + +192.168.0.1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/gpoupdatecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/gpoupdatecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd0e7bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/gpoupdatecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option sets the command that is called to apply GPO policies. + The samba-gpupdate script applies System Access and Kerberos Policies + to the KDC. System Access policies set minPwdAge, maxPwdAge, + minPwdLength, and pwdProperties in the samdb. Kerberos Policies set + kdc:service ticket lifetime, kdc:user ticket lifetime, and kdc:renewal + lifetime in smb.conf. + + + +&pathconfig.SCRIPTSBINDIR;/samba-gpupdate +/usr/local/sbin/gpoupdate + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be4e0e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + + If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT or Active Directory Domain (see the domain and + ads parameters), + then periodically a running winbindd process will try and change + the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called secrets.tdb + . This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one + week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server. + + + + See also smbpasswd 8, + and the domain + and ads parameters. + + + +604800 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/nsupdatecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/nsupdatecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8978ade --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/nsupdatecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This option sets the path to the nsupdate + command which is used for GSS-TSIG dynamic DNS updates. + + + +/usr/bin/nsupdate -g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/spnupdatecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/spnupdatecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dcce13 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/spnupdatecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This option sets the command that for updating + servicePrincipalName names from spn_update_list. + + + +&pathconfig.SCRIPTSBINDIR;/samba_spnupdate +/usr/local/sbin/spnupdate + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0e53be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + +casesignames + + + See the discussion in the section . + + +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..988bad9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + See the section on . + Also note the parameter. + +lower + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..570d4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + This option is used when Samba is attempting to + delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed files + or directories or non-visible files or directories (such + as dangling symlinks that point nowhere). + (see the , , + , + options). If this option is set to no (the default) then if a vetoed + directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the + directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want. + + If this option is set to yes, then Samba + will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within + the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file + serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within + directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing + (e.g. .AppleDouble) + + Setting yes allows these + directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory + is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so). + +veto files +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54e0b0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + This is a boolean parameter that controls whether + files starting with a dot appear as hidden files. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4e3da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + This is a list of files or directories that are not + visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied + to any files or directories that match. + + Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', + which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' + and '?' can be used to specify multiple files or directories + as in DOS wildcards. + + Each entry must be a Unix path, not a DOS path and must + not include the Unix directory separator '/'. + + Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable + in hiding files. + + Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, + as it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match + as they are scanned. + + + The example shown above is based on files that the Macintosh + SMB client (DAVE) available from + Thursby creates for internal use, and also still hides + all files beginning with a dot. + + + + An example of us of this parameter is: + +hide files = /.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/ + + + + +hide dot files +veto files +case sensitive + +no file are hidden + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidenewfilestimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidenewfilestimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca93e72 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidenewfilestimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + Setting this parameter to something but 0 hides files + that have been modified less than N seconds ago. + It can be used for ingest/process queue style workloads. A + processing application should only see files that are definitely + finished. As many applications do not have proper external workflow + control, this can be a way to make sure processing does not + interfere with file ingest. + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..904fd3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and + fifo's in directory listings. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..080118e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing the + existence of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off. + Please note that enabling this can slow down listing large + directories significantly. Samba has to evaluate the ACLs of all + directory members, which can be a lot of effort. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58c872e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be written to. + Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. + + Please note that enabling this can slow down listing large + directories significantly. Samba has to evaluate the ACLs of all directory + members, which can be a lot of effort. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aac0a6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX + should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, + or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored. + + See the section on for + details on how to control the mangling process. + + Possible option settings are + + + yes - + enables name mangling for all not DOS 8.3 conforming + names. + + no - disables any + name mangling. + + illegal (default) - does + mangling for names with illegal NTFS characters. This + is the most sensible setting for modern clients that + don't use the shortname anymore. + + + If mangling is used then the mangling method is as follows: + + + + The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters + before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced + to upper case, and appear as the first (up to) five characters + of the mangled name. + + + + A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled + name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the + original root name (i.e., the original filename minus its final + extension). The final extension is included in the hash calculation + only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three + characters. + + Note that the character to use may be specified using + the + option, if you don't like '~'. + + + + Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be + presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as + for other filenames, but with the leading dot removed and "___" as + its extension regardless of actual original extension (that's three + underscores). + + + + The two-digit hash value consists of upper case alphanumeric characters. + + This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files + in a directory share the same first five alphanumeric characters. + The probability of such a clash is 1/1300. + + The name mangling (if enabled) allows a file to be + copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining + the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension + from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names + do not change between sessions. + +illegal +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cb7dea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + controls the number of prefix + characters from the original name used when generating + the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker + hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum + value is 1 and the maximum value is 6. + + + mangle prefix is effective only when mangling method is hash2. + + +1 +4 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..374d1ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This controls what character is used as + the magic character in . The + default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set + it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash. + +~ +^ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..559ed6c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + controls the algorithm used for the generating + the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and + "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was + used in Samba for many years and was the default in Samba 2.2.x "hash2" is + now the default and is newer and considered a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in + the names. Many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so + changing to algorithms must not be done lightly as these applications + may break unless reinstalled. + +hash2 +hash + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44f49cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + This controls whether the DOS archive attribute + should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit + is set when a file has been modified since its last backup. One + motivation for this option is to keep Samba/your PC from making + any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX. This can + be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc... + + + + Note that this parameter will be ignored if the + parameter is set, as the DOS archive attribute will then be stored inside a UNIX extended + attribute. + + + + Note that this requires the parameter to be set such that owner + execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter + for details. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ad05a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. + + + + Note that this parameter will be ignored if the + parameter is set, as the DOS hidden attribute will then be stored inside a UNIX extended + attribute. + + + + Note that this requires the to be set such that the world execute + bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter + for details. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae17c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. + + + + This parameter can take three different values, which tell smbd + 8 how to display the read only attribute on files, where either + is set to No, or no extended attribute is + present. If is set to yes then this + parameter is ignored. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. + + + The three settings are : + + + + Yes - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the inverse of the user + or owner write bit in the unix permission mode set. If the owner write bit is not set, the + read only attribute is reported as being set on the file. + If the read only DOS attribute is set, Samba sets the owner, group and + others write bits to zero. Write bits set in an ACL are ignored by Samba. + If the read only DOS attribute is unset, Samba simply sets the write bit of the + owner to one. + + + + Permissions - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the effective permissions of + the connecting user, as evaluated by smbd + 8 by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present). + If the connecting user does not have permission to modify the file, the read only attribute + is reported as being set on the file. + + + + No - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by + the method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs. + + + + + Note that this parameter will be ignored if the + parameter is set, as the DOS 'read-only' attribute will then be stored inside a UNIX extended + attribute. + + + + The default has changed to no in Samba release 4.9.0 and above to allow better Windows + fileserver compatibility in a default install. In addition the default setting of + has been changed to Yes + in Samba release 4.9.0 and above. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53c11bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. + + + + Note that this parameter will be ignored if the + parameter is set, as the DOS system attribute will then be stored inside a UNIX extended + attribute. + + + + Note that this requires the to be set such that the group + execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter + for details. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..866d74d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter limits the size in memory of any + stat cache being used + to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents + the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. + A value of zero, meaning unlimited, is not advisable due to + increased memory usage. You should not need to change this + parameter. + + +stat cache +512 +100 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7eae26 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if + they are forced to be the . + + + + See the section on NAME MANGLING for a fuller discussion. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecb5652 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of + suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the . + This option can be use with yes to permit long filenames + to retain their case, while short names are lowered. + + + See the section on NAME MANGLING. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b19777 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This parameter determines if smbd + 8 will use a cache in order to + speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need + to change this parameter. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cdaeef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or + READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such + as occurs with and ). When set, DOS + attributes will be stored onto an extended attribute in the UNIX filesystem, associated with the file or + directory. When this parameter is set it will override the parameters , + , and and they will behave as if they were set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended + attribute named "user.DOSATTRIB". This extended attribute is explicitly hidden from smbd clients requesting an + EA list. On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount option user_xattr in order for + extended attributes to work, also extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel. + + In Samba 3.5.0 and above the "user.DOSATTRIB" extended attribute has been extended to store + the create time for a file as well as the DOS attributes. This is done in a backwards compatible + way so files created by Samba 3.5.0 and above can still have the DOS attribute read from this + extended attribute by earlier versions of Samba, but they will not be able to read the create + time stored there. Storing the create time separately from the normal filesystem meta-data + allows Samba to faithfully reproduce NTFS semantics on top of a POSIX filesystem. + + The default has changed to yes in Samba release 4.9.0 and above to allow better Windows + fileserver compatibility in a default install. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..11bb51e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in + the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' + can be used to specify multiple files or directories as in DOS wildcards. + + + + Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must not include the + unix directory separator '/'. + + + + Note that the option is applicable in vetoing files. + + + + One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when + trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this + deletion will fail unless you also set the + parameter to yes. + + + + Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files + and directories for a match as they are scanned. + + + + Examples of use include: + +; Veto any files containing the word Security, +; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the +; word root. +veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/ + +; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server +; creates. +veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ + + + + +hide files +case sensitive + +No files or directories are vetoed + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d6a922 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + This parameter is only valid when the + parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator + to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that + match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the + parameter. + + + + + You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended + for by clients. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark + program, which causes heavy client contention for files ending in + .SEM. To cause Samba not to grant + oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] + section or in the section for the particular NetBench share. + + + + An example of use is: + +veto oplock files = /.*SEM/ + + + +No files are vetoed for oplock grants + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6204ddb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..dd981b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +set -e +echo "" + +DIR=. +if [ "x$1" != "x" ]; then + DIR="$1" +fi + +OLD=$(pwd) +cd $DIR + +echo "
" +for I in $(find . -mindepth 2 -type f -name '*.xml' | sort -t/ -k3 | xargs); do + cat $I +done +echo "
" + +cd $OLD diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21bd209 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + The defines whether + ldap traffic will be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). + Possible values are plain, sign + and seal. + + + + The values sign and seal are + only available if Samba has been compiled against a modern + OpenLDAP version (2.3.x or higher). + + + + This option is needed firstly to secure the privacy of + administrative connections from samba-tool, + including in particular new or reset passwords for users. For + this reason the default is seal. + + Additionally, winbindd and the + net tool can use LDAP to communicate with + Domain Controllers, so this option also controls the level of + privacy for those connections. All supported AD DC versions + will enforce the usage of at least signed LDAP connections by + default, so a value of at least sign is + required in practice. + + + + The default value is seal. That implies synchronizing the time + with the KDC in the case of using Kerberos. + + +seal + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f3d20f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + + The defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact + the ldap server when retrieving user account information. The is used + in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the private/secrets.tdb + file. See the smbpasswd 8 + man page for more information on how to accomplish this. + + + + The requires a fully specified DN. The is not appended to the . + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b176897 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds + they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. + It is very useful in failover scenarios in particular. If one or more LDAP + servers are not reachable at all, we do not have to wait until TCP + timeouts are over. This feature must be supported by your LDAP library. + + + + This parameter is different from + which affects operations on LDAP servers using an existing connection + and not establishing an initial connection. + + +2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47ffad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether a delete + operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes + specific to Samba. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapderef.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapderef.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..920d1ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapderef.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library + to use a certain alias dereferencing method. The default is + auto, which means that the default setting of the + ldap client library will be kept. Other possible values are + never, finding, + searching and always. Grab + your LDAP manual for more information. + + + + +auto +searching + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapfollowreferral.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapfollowreferral.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3130a7b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapfollowreferral.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when + searching for entries in the LDAP database. Possible values are + on to enable following referrals, + off to disable this, and + auto, to use the libldap default settings. + libldap's choice of following referrals or not is set in + /etc/openldap/ldap.conf with the REFERRALS parameter as documented in + ldap.conf(5). + + + +auto +off + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7de0fac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the suffix that is + used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. + If this parameter is unset, the value of will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the + string so use a partial DN. + + + +ou=Groups + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fe7e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter + is unset, the value of will be used instead. The suffix + string is pre-pended to the string so use a partial DN. + + + +ou=Idmap + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e82675b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + + It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of + will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the + string so use a partial DN. + + + + +ou=Computers + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxanonrequest.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxanonrequest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61bdcec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxanonrequest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the maximum permitted size (in bytes) + for an LDAP request received on an anonymous connection. + + + + If the request size exceeds this limit the request will be + rejected. + + +256000 +500000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxauthrequest.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxauthrequest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5934f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxauthrequest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the maximum permitted size (in bytes) + for an LDAP request received on an authenticated connection. + + + + If the request size exceeds this limit the request will be + rejected. + + +16777216 +4194304 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxsearchrequest.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxsearchrequest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebeb081 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmaxsearchrequest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the maximum permitted size (in bytes) + for an LDAP search request. + + + + If the request size exceeds this limit the request will be + rejected. + + +256000 +4194304 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappagesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappagesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..577ea2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappagesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the number of entries per page. + + + If the LDAP server supports paged results, clients can + request subsets of search results (pages) instead of the entire list. + This parameter specifies the size of these pages. + + +1000 +512 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42bc916 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + +ldap password sync + + + This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT + and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password + change via SAMBA. + + + + The can be set to one of three values: + + + + + Yes = Try + to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time. + + + + No = Update NT and + LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time. + + + + Only = Only update + the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..059c77e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. + This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, + especially over slow links. Certain client activities, particularly domain joins, can become confused by the 'success' + that does not immediately change the LDAP back-end's data. + + + + This option simply causes Samba to wait a short time, to allow the LDAP server to catch up. If you have a particularly + high-latency network, you may wish to time the LDAP replication with a network sniffer, and increase this value accordingly. + Be aware that no checking is performed that the data has actually replicated. + + + + The value is specified in milliseconds, the maximum value is 5000 (5 seconds). + + +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7f36e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller + eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option + will instead directly manipulate the ldap tree to create, remove and modify user and group entries. + This option also requires a running winbindd as it is used to allocate new uids/gids on user/group + creation. The allocation range must be therefore configured. + + + + To use this option, a basic ldap tree must be provided and the ldap suffix parameters must be properly + configured. On virgin servers the default users and groups (Administrator, Guest, Domain Users, + Domain Admins, Domain Guests) can be precreated with the command net sam + provision. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winbindd must be running and + the smb.conf ldap options must be properly configured. + + The typical ldap setup used with the yes option + is usually sufficient to use yes as well. + + + + An example configuration can be the following: + + + encrypt passwords = true + passdb backend = ldapsam + + ldapsam:trusted=yes + ldapsam:editposix=yes + + ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=samba,dc=org + ldap delete dn = yes + ldap group suffix = ou=groups + ldap idmap suffix = ou=idmap + ldap machine suffix = ou=computers + ldap user suffix = ou=users + ldap suffix = dc=samba,dc=org + + idmap backend = ldap:"ldap://localhost" + + idmap uid = 5000-50000 + idmap gid = 5000-50000 + + + This configuration assumes a directory layout like described in the following ldif: + + + dn: dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: dcObject + objectClass: organization + o: samba.org + dc: samba + + dn: cn=admin,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: simpleSecurityObject + objectClass: organizationalRole + cn: admin + description: LDAP administrator + userPassword: secret + + dn: ou=users,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: users + + dn: ou=groups,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: groups + + dn: ou=idmap,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: idmap + + dn: ou=computers,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: computers + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d593e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + + By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to + access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group + this inevitably leads to inefficiencies. One important question a user needs to know is the list of groups he + is member of. The plain UNIX model involves a complete enumeration of the file /etc/group and its NSS + counterparts in LDAP. UNIX has optimized functions to enumerate group membership. Sadly, other functions that + are used to deal with user and group attributes lack such optimization. + + + + To make Samba scale well in large environments, the yes + option assumes that the complete user and group database that is relevant to Samba is stored in LDAP with the + standard posixAccount/posixGroup attributes. It further assumes that the Samba auxiliary object classes are + stored together with the POSIX data in the same LDAP object. If these assumptions are met, + yes can be activated and Samba can bypass the + NSS system to query user group memberships. Optimized LDAP queries can greatly speed up domain logon and + administration tasks. Depending on the size of the LDAP database a factor of 100 or more for common queries + is easily achieved. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapserverrequirestrongauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapserverrequirestrongauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02bdd81 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapserverrequirestrongauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + The defines whether + the ldap server requires ldap traffic to be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). + Possible values are no, allow_sasl_over_tls + and yes. + + + A value of no allows simple and sasl binds over + all transports. + + A value of allow_sasl_over_tls allows simple and sasl binds + (without sign or seal) over TLS encrypted connections. Unencrypted connections only + allow sasl binds with sign or seal. + + A value of yes allows only simple binds + over TLS encrypted connections. Unencrypted connections only + allow sasl binds with sign or seal. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fe67b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + This option is used to define whether or not Samba should + use SSL when connecting to the ldap server + This is NOT related to + Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the + --with-ssl option to the + configure + script. + + LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be + done setting either this parameter to + start tls + or by specifying ldaps:// in + the URL argument of . + + The can be set to one of + two values: + + + Off = Never + use SSL when querying the directory. + + + + start tls = Use + the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for + communicating with the directory server. + + + + Please note that this parameter does only affect rpc + methods. + + + +start tls + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aeff0dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object. + + + The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the , + , , and the + . Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the + . + + + +dc=samba,dc=org + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f421eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + This parameter defines the number of seconds that Samba should use as timeout for LDAP operations. + + +15 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e6b8a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, + the value of will be used instead. The suffix + string is pre-pended to the string so use a partial DN. + + + + +ou=people + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c13995 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter controls the behavior + of smbd + 8 when given a request by a client + to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the + request has a time limit associated with it. + + If this parameter is set and the lock range requested + cannot be immediately satisfied, samba will internally + queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain + the lock until the timeout period expires. + + If this parameter is set to no, then + samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and + will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range + cannot be obtained. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..511639e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This stands for client-side caching policy, and specifies how clients capable of offline + caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. + + + + These values correspond to those used on Windows servers. + + + + For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have offline caching disabled using + disable. + + +manual +programs + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5622ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission + from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants + an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume + that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively + cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache + file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits. + + + When you set fake oplocks = yes, + smbd8 will + always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file. + + It is generally much better to use the real support rather + than this parameter. + + If you enable this option on all read-only shares or + shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a + time such as physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see + a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable + this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the + files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use + this option carefully! + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/force_process_locks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/force_process_locks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f701c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/force_process_locks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This boolean option tells smbd whether + to forcefully disable the use of Open File Description locks on Linux. + + + This option should not be changed from the default unless you know what + you're doing. + + + + +locking +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff237ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + For UNIXes that support kernel based + (currently only Linux), this parameter allows the use of them to be + turned on or off. However, this disables Level II oplocks for clients as + the Linux kernel does not support them properly. + + Kernel oplocks support allows Samba oplocks + to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation + accesses a file that smbd + 8 has oplocked. This allows complete + data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is + a very cool feature :-). + If you do not need this interaction, you should disable the + parameter on Linux to get Level II oplocks and the associated + performance benefit. + + This parameter defaults to no and is translated + to a no-op on systems that do not have the necessary kernel support. + + +oplocks +level2 oplocks +smb2 leases +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kernelsharemodes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kernelsharemodes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d06f792 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kernelsharemodes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether SMB share modes are + translated into file system specific sharemode calls. + + + + Kernel share modes provide a minimal level of interoperability + with local UNIX processes and NFS operations by preventing + access corresponding to the SMB share modes. This requires + a file system specific VFS module with proper support. + + + + Note that in order to use SMB2 durable file handles on a share, + you have to turn kernel share modes off. + + + + This parameter defaults to no. Setting + it to yes requires a file system module + that supports file system sharemodes, otherwise attempts to + access files will fail with a sharing violation. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f411449 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether Samba supports + level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share. + + Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients + that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock + to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead + of releasing all oplocks on a second open, as in traditional, + exclusive oplocks). This allows all openers of the file that + support level2 oplocks to cache the file for read-ahead only (ie. + they may not cache writes or lock requests) and increases performance + for many accesses of files that are not commonly written (such as + application .EXE files). + + Once one of the clients which have a read-only oplock + writes to the file all clients are notified (no reply is needed + or waited for) and told to break their oplocks to "none" and + delete any read-ahead caches. + + It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to + speed access to shared executables. + + For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec. + + + Currently, if are supported then + level2 oplocks are not granted (even if this parameter is set to + yes). Note also, the + parameter must be set to yes on this share in order for + this parameter to have any effect. + + +oplocks +kernel oplocks +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15bc98d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + This controls whether or not locking will be + performed by the server in response to lock requests from the + client. + + If locking = no, all lock and unlock + requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report + that the file in question is available for locking. + + If locking = yes, real locking will be performed + by the server. + + This option may be useful for read-only + filesystems which may not need locking (such as + CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of no + is not really recommended even in this case. + + Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a + specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. + You should never need to set this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..689d7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + The time in milliseconds that smbd should + keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can + be granted. This parameter has changed in default + value from Samba 3.0.23 from 10 to 200. The associated + parameter is + no longer used in Samba 3.0.24. You should not need + to change the value of this parameter. + +200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f07b6c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too + quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can + fail and not respond to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds) is the amount + of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break request to such (broken) clients. + + + + DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE. + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d72649 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + This boolean option tells smbd whether to + issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this + share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve + the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients + to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this + option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by + default in Windows NT Servers). + + + + Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See + the parameter. On some systems + oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This + allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, + whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the + parameter for details. + + + +kernel oplocks +level2 oplocks +smb2 leases +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f38b2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + The smbd 8 + daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is + to map this internal database to POSIX locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are + consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing the files via a non-SMB + method (e.g. NFS or local file access). It is very unlikely that you need to set this parameter + to "no", unless you are sharing from an NFS mount, which is not a good idea in the first place. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/smb2leases.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/smb2leases.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6587300 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/smb2leases.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + This boolean option tells smbd whether to + globally negotiate SMB2 leases on file open requests. Leasing is an SMB2-only + feature which allows clients to aggressively cache files locally above and + beyond the caching allowed by SMB1 oplocks. + + + + This is only available with yes + and no. + + + Note that the write cache won't be used for file handles with a smb2 write lease. + + + +oplocks +kernel oplocks +level2 oplocks +write cache size +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89a1bf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to yes, + the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on + some systems. + + + + When strict locking is set to Auto (the default), the server performs file lock checks only on non-oplocked files. + As most Windows redirectors perform file locking checks locally on oplocked files this is a good trade off for + improved performance. + + + + When strict locking is disabled, the server performs file lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them. + + + + Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important. So in the vast majority of cases, + strict locking = Auto or + strict locking = no is acceptable. + + +Auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eee3cc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) + will be displayed in the debug header. + + + For more information about currently available debug classes, see + section about . + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79d928a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this + boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter or + must be on for this to have an effect. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e6436c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + When using only one log file for more then one forked smbd + 8-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which + message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the + logfile when turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter must be on for this to have an effect. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a004d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the + filename and function information that is included with the + parameter. This gives timestamps to the messages without adding an additional line. + + + + Note that this parameter overrides the parameter. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugsyslogformat.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugsyslogformat.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f943f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugsyslogformat.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + With this option enabled, debug messages are printed in a + single-line format like that traditionally produced by syslog. + The timestamp consists of an abbreviated month, space-padded date, + and time including seconds. This is followed by the hostname and + the program name, with the process-ID in square brackets. + + + + If is also enabled + then an RFC5424 timestamp is used instead. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtraceid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtraceid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61a451d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtraceid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + With this boolean parameter enabled, the per request unique traceid + will be displayed in the debug header for winbind processes. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dd1dbf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the + current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter must be on for this to have an effect. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2092b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library + calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same + bit-field as understood by the server and documented in the + + slapd.conf + 5 + + manpage. + A typical useful value will be + 1 for tracing function calls. + + + The debug output from the LDAP libraries appears with the + prefix [LDAP] in Samba's logging output. + The level at which LDAP logging is printed is controlled by the + parameter ldap debug threshold. + + +0 +1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2783ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which + the ldap library debug output is + printed in the Samba logs. See the description of + ldap debug level for details. + + +10 +5 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07762ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate log files for each user or machine. + + +/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logging.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logging.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ab2c1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logging.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + This parameter configures logging backends. Multiple + backends can be specified at the same time, with different log + levels for each backend. The parameter is a list of backends, + where each backend is specified as backend[:option][@loglevel]. + + The 'option' parameter can be used to pass backend-specific + options. + + The log level for a backend is optional, if it is not set for + a backend, all messages are sent to this backend. The parameter + determines overall log levels, + while the log levels specified here define what is sent to the + individual backends. + + When is set, it overrides the + and parameters. + + Some backends are only available when Samba has been compiled + with the additional libraries. The overall list of logging backends: + + + syslog + file + systemd + lttng + gpfs + ringbuf + + + The ringbuf backend supports an + optional size argument to change the buffer size used, the default is 1 MB: + ringbuf:size=NBYTES + + + +syslog@1 file + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..434c5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ + +debuglevel + + + The value of the parameter (a string) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the + smb.conf file. + + + This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x + series, now it allows one to specify the debug level for multiple + debug classes and distinct logfiles for debug classes. This is to give + greater flexibility in the configuration of the system. The following + debug classes are currently implemented: + + + + all + tdb + printdrivers + lanman + smb + rpc_parse + rpc_srv + rpc_cli + passdb + sam + auth + winbind + vfs + idmap + quota + acls + locking + msdfs + dmapi + registry + scavenger + dns + ldb + tevent + auth_audit + auth_json_audit + kerberos + drs_repl + smb2 + smb2_credits + dsdb_audit + dsdb_json_audit + dsdb_password_audit + dsdb_password_json_audit + dsdb_transaction_audit + dsdb_transaction_json_audit + dsdb_group_audit + dsdb_group_json_audit + + + Various modules register dynamic debug classes at first usage: + + catia + dfs_samba4 + extd_audit + fileid + fruit + full_audit + media_harmony + preopen + recycle + shadow_copy + shadow_copy + unityed_media + virusfilter + + + To configure the logging for specific classes to go into a different + file then , you can append + @PATH to the class, eg log level = 1 + full_audit:1@/var/log/audit.log. + + Authentication and authorization audit information is logged + under the auth_audit, and if Samba was not compiled with + --without-json, a JSON representation is logged under + auth_json_audit. + + Support is comprehensive for all authentication and authorisation + of user accounts in the Samba Active Directory Domain Controller, + as well as the implicit authentication in password changes. In + the file server, NTLM authentication, SMB and RPC authorization is + covered. + + Log levels for auth_audit and + auth_audit_json are: + + 2: Authentication Failure + 3: Authentication Success + 4: Authorization Success + 5: Anonymous Authentication and Authorization Success + + + Changes to the AD DC sam.ldb + database are logged under the dsdb_audit + and a JSON representation is logged under + dsdb_json_audit. + + Group membership changes to the AD DC sam.ldb database are logged under the + dsdb_group_audit and a JSON representation + is logged under + dsdb_group_json_audit. + + Log levels for dsdb_audit, + dsdb_json_audit, + dsdb_group_audit, + dsdb_group_json_audit and + dsdb_json_audit are: + + 5: Database modifications + 5: Replicated updates from another DC + + + Password changes and Password resets in the AD DC are logged + under dsdb_password_audit and a JSON + representation is logged under the + dsdb_password_json_audit. Password changes + will also appears as authentication events via + auth_audit and + auth_audit_json. + + Log levels for dsdb_password_audit and + dsdb_password_json_audit are: + + 5: Successful password changes and resets + + + Transaction rollbacks and prepare commit failures are logged under + the dsdb_transaction_audit and a JSON representation is logged under the + dsdb_transaction_json_audit. + + Log levels for dsdb_transaction_audit and + dsdb_transaction_json are: + + + 5: Transaction failure (rollback) + 10: Transaction success (commit) + + + Transaction roll-backs are possible in Samba, and whilst + they rarely reflect anything more than the failure of an + individual operation (say due to the add of a conflicting record), + they are possible. Audit logs are already generated and sent to + the system logs before the transaction is complete. Logging the + transaction details allows the identification of password and + sam.ldb operations that have + been rolled back, and so have not actually persisted. + + Changes to sam.ldb made locally by the root user with direct access to the + database are not logged to the system logs, but to the + administrator's own console. While less than ideal, any user able + to make such modifications could disable the audit logging in any + case. + +0 +3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2 +1 full_audit:1@/var/log/audit.log winbind:2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a1979d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. + Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding + a .old extension. + + + A size of 0 means no limit. + + +5000 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78e694e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. + Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog LOG_ERR, debug level one maps onto + LOG_WARNING, debug level two maps onto LOG_NOTICE, + debug level three maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to LOG_DEBUG. + + + + This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages to syslog. Only messages with debug + level less than this value will be sent to syslog. There still will be some + logging to log.[sn]mbd even if syslog only is enabled. + + + The parameter should be used + instead. When is set, it + overrides the parameter. + +1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9aea2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system + syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some + logging to log.[sn]mbd even if syslog only is enabled. + + + + The parameter should be used + instead. When is set, it + overrides the parameter. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/timestamplogs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/timestamplogs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28003c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/timestamplogs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + +debug timestamp + + + Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high + these timestamps can be distracting. This + boolean parameter allows timestamping to be turned off. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ce0f1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This a full path name to a script called by smbd + 8 that + should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the . + + If the connected user possesses the SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege, + right, this command will be run as root. + +"" +/sbin/shutdown -c + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b347d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run AS ROOT by + smbd8 when a new group is requested. It + will expand any %g to the group name passed. This script is only useful + for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is free to create a group with + an arbitrary name to circumvent unix group name restrictions. In that case the script must print the numeric + gid of the created group on stdout. + + + + +/usr/sbin/groupadd %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db1f5bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by + smbd 8 when a machine is + added to Samba's domain and a Unix account matching the machine's name appended with a "$" does not + already exist. + + This option is very similar to the , and likewise uses the %u + substitution for the account name. Do not use the %m + substitution. + + + +/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4be1146 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run AS ROOT by + smbd 8 + under special circumstances described below. + + + + Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are created for all users accessing + files on this server. For sites that use Windows NT account databases as their primary + user database creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the Windows + NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows smbd to create the required UNIX users + ON DEMAND when a user accesses the Samba server. + + + + When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, at login (session setup in + the SMB protocol) time, smbd + 8 contacts the + and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication + succeeds then smbd attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX + password database to map the Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and + is set then smbd will + call the specified script AS ROOT, expanding any + %u argument to be the user name to create. + + + + If this script successfully creates the user then smbd will + continue on as though the UNIX user already existed. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to + match existing Windows NT accounts. + + + + See also , , + . + + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6e9cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration + tools. It will be run by smbd 8 + AS ROOT. Any %g will be replaced with the group name and + any %u will be replaced with the user name. + + + + Note that the adduser command used in the example below does + not support the used syntax on all systems. + + + + +/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/allownt4crypto.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/allownt4crypto.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee63e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/allownt4crypto.xml @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + + + + This option is deprecated and will be removed in future, + as it is a security problem if not set to "no" (which will be + the hardcoded behavior in future). + + + This option controls whether the netlogon server (currently + only in 'active directory domain controller' mode), will + reject clients which do not support NETLOGON_NEG_STRONG_KEYS + nor NETLOGON_NEG_SUPPORTS_AES. + + This option was added with Samba 4.2.0. It may lock out clients + which worked fine with Samba versions up to 4.1.x. as the effective default + was "yes" there, while it is "no" now. + + If you have clients without RequireStrongKey = 1 in the registry, + you may need to set "allow nt4 crypto = yes", until you have fixed all clients. + + + "allow nt4 crypto = yes" allows weak crypto to be negotiated, maybe via downgrade attacks. + + Avoid using this option! Use explicit 'yes' instead! + Which is available with the patches for + CVE-2022-38023 + see https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240 + + + Samba will log an error in the log files at log level 0 + if legacy a client is rejected or allowed without an explicit, + 'yes' option + for the client. The message will indicate + the explicit 'yes' + line to be added, if the legacy client software requires it. (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + This allows admins to use "yes" only for a short grace period, + in order to collect the explicit + 'yes' options. + + This option is over-ridden by the effective value of 'yes' from + the '' + and/or '' options. + + +no + + + + + + If you still have legacy domain members which required 'allow nt4 crypto = yes', + it is possible to specify an explicit exception per computer account + by using 'allow nt4 crypto:COMPUTERACCOUNT = yes' as option. + Note that COMPUTERACCOUNT has to be the sAMAccountName value of + the computer account (including the trailing '$' sign). + + + + Samba will log a complaint in the log files at log level 0 + about the security problem if the option is set to "yes", + but the related computer does not require it. + (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + + Samba will log a warning in the log files at log level 5, + if a setting is still needed for the specified computer account. + + + + See CVE-2022-38023, + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + This option overrides the option. + + This option is over-ridden by the effective value of 'yes' from + the '' + and/or '' options. + Which means 'yes' + is only useful in combination with 'no' + + + allow nt4 crypto:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = yes + server reject md5 schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = no + allow nt4 crypto:NASBOX$ = yes + server reject md5 schannel:NASBOX$ = no + allow nt4 crypto:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = yes + server reject md5 schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = no + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/autheventnotification.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/autheventnotification.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87ccf02 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/autheventnotification.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + When enabled, this option causes Samba (acting as an + Active Directory Domain Controller) to stream authentication + events across the internal message bus. Scripts built using + Samba's python bindings can listen to these events by + registering as the service + auth_event. + + This is not needed for the audit + logging described in . + + Instead, this should instead be considered a developer + option (it assists in the Samba testsuite) rather than a + facility for external auditing, as message delivery is not + guaranteed (a feature that the testsuite works around). + + The authentication events are also logged via the normal + logging methods when the is + set appropriately, say to + auth_json_audit:3. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be8bb0d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run AS ROOT by smbd + 8 when a group is requested to be deleted. + It will expand any %g to the group name passed. + This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1654a09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Full path to the script that will be called when + a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration + tools. It will be run by smbd + 8 AS ROOT. + Any %g will be replaced with the group name and + any %u will be replaced with the user name. + + + +/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22897cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run by smbd + 8 when managing users + with remote RPC (NT) tools. + + + This script is called when a remote client removes a user + from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or + rpcclient. + + This script should delete the given UNIX username. + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f84975 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for NT4-style domain logons(as distinct from the Samba + AD DC) will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + domain logons = no + will be the enforced behaviour. + + If set to yes, the Samba server will + provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the + it is in. + This will also cause the Samba server to act as a domain + controller for NT4 style domain services. For more details on + setting up this feature see the Domain Control chapter of the + Samba HOWTO Collection. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e28457 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This deprecated parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either + net rpc rights or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is + enabled by default. It can be disabled to prevent members of the Domain Admins group from being able to + assign privileges to users or groups which can then result in certain smbd operations running as root that + would normally run under the context of the connected user. + + + + An example of how privileges can be used is to assign the right to join clients to a Samba controlled + domain without providing root access to the server via smbd. + + + + Please read the extended description provided in the Samba HOWTO documentation. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cdbcd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured + for delayed initial samlogon with + . + + + +100 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83d1ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + This parameter takes a list of host names, addresses or networks for + which the initial samlogon reply should be delayed (so other DCs get + preferred by XP workstations if there are any). + + + + The length of the delay can be specified with the + parameter. + + + + +150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9767693 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be + connected (see ) and is only used by NT + Workstations. + + + + Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. + + + +h: + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb5f5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. + It allows you to do + + + + C:\>NET USE H: /HOME + + + + from a command prompt, for example. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. + + + + This parameter can be used with Win9X workstations to ensure that roaming profiles are stored in a + subdirectory of the user's home directory. This is done in the following way: + + + + logon home = \\%N\%U\profile + + + + This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally + in a NetUserGetInfo request. Win9X clients truncate the info to \\server\share when a user does + net use /home but use the whole string when dealing with profiles. + + + + Note that in prior versions of Samba, the was returned rather than + logon home. This broke net use /home + but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for + profiles if you use the above trick. + + + + Disable this feature by setting "" - using the empty string. + + + + This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. + + + +\\%N\%U +\\remote_smb_server\%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..440ebc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are + stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming + profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the + parameter. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or + machine. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data", desktop, start menu, network neighborhood, programs and other + folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client. + + + + The share and the path must be readable by the user for the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the + Windows NT client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first time, in order that the + Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat and other directories. + Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can, if required, be made read-only. It is not advisable + that the NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to achieve the desired effect (a + MANdatory profile). + + + + Windows clients can sometimes maintain a connection to the [homes] share, even though there is no user logged + in. Therefore, it is vital that the logon path does not include a reference to the homes share (i.e. setting + this parameter to \\%N\homes\profile_path will cause problems). + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. + + + + Do not quote the value. Setting this as \\%N\profile\%U + will break profile handling. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend + is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured + for this parameter is written to the passdb backend and that value will + over-ride the parameter value present in the smb.conf file. Any error + present in the passdb backend account record must be editted using the + appropriate tool (pdbedit on the command-line, or any other locally + provided system tool). + + + Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller. + + + Disable the use of roaming profiles by setting the value of this parameter to the empty string. For + example, "". Take note that even if the default setting + in the smb.conf file is the empty string, any value specified in the user account settings in the passdb + backend will over-ride the effect of setting this parameter to null. Disabling of all roaming profile use + requires that the user account settings must also be blank. + + + + An example of use is: + +logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U + + + +\\%N\%U\profile + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf02466 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or NT command file + (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file + must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the file is recommended. + + + + The script must be a relative path to the service. If the [netlogon] + service specifies a of /usr/local/samba/netlogon, and STARTUP.BAT, then the file that will be downloaded is: + + /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT + + + + + The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A suggested command would be to add NET TIME \\SERVER /SET /YES, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the + same time server. Another use would be to add NET USE U: \\SERVER\UTILS + for commonly used utilities, or + +NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA + + for example. + + + + Note that it is particularly important not to allow write access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users + write permission on the batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow the batch files to be + arbitrarily modified and security to be breached. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or + machine. + + + + This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server in a classic domain controller role. + If Samba is set up as an Active Directory domain controller, LDAP attribute scriptPath + is used instead. For configurations where ldapsam is in use, + this option only defines a default value in case LDAP attribute sambaLogonScript + is missing. + + + +scripts\%U.bat + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/rejectmd5clients.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/rejectmd5clients.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe7701d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/rejectmd5clients.xml @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + + + + This option is deprecated and will be removed in a future release, + as it is a security problem if not set to "yes" (which will be + the hardcoded behavior in the future). + + + This option controls whether the netlogon server (currently + only in 'active directory domain controller' mode), will + reject clients which does not support NETLOGON_NEG_SUPPORTS_AES. + + Support for NETLOGON_NEG_SUPPORTS_AES was added in Windows + starting with Server 2008R2 and Windows 7, it's available in Samba + starting with 4.0, however third party domain members like NetApp ONTAP + still uses RC4 (HMAC-MD5), see + https://www.samba.org/samba/security/CVE-2022-38023.html + for more details. + + + The default changed from 'no' to 'yes', with the patches for + CVE-2022-38023 + see https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + Avoid using this option! Use an explicit per machine account + '' instead! + Which is available with the patches for + CVE-2022-38023 + see https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + + Samba will log an error in the log files at log level 0 + if legacy a client is rejected or allowed without an explicit, + 'no' option + for the client. The message will indicate + the explicit 'no' + line to be added, if the legacy client software requires it. (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + This allows admins to use "no" only for a short grace period, + in order to collect the explicit + 'no' options. + + When set to 'yes' this option overrides the + '' and + '' options and implies + 'no'. + + + +yes + + + + + + If you still have legacy domain members or trusted domains, + which required "reject md5 clients = no" before, + it is possible to specify an explicit exception per computer account + by setting 'server reject md5 schannel:COMPUTERACCOUNT = no'. + Note that COMPUTERACCOUNT has to be the sAMAccountName value of + the computer account (including the trailing '$' sign). + + + + Samba will log a complaint in the log files at log level 0 + about the security problem if the option is set to "no", + but the related computer does not require it. + (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + + Samba will log a warning in the log files at log level 5 + if a setting is still needed for the specified computer account. + + + + See CVE-2022-38023, + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + This option overrides the option. + + When set to 'yes' this option overrides the + '' and + '' options and implies + 'no'. + + + + server reject md5 schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = no + server reject md5 schannel:NASBOX$ = no + server reject md5 schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = no + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d1ae36 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a + primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script + sets the primary group in the unix user database when an + administrator sets the primary group from the windows user + manager or when fetching a SAM with net rpc + vampire. %u will be replaced + with the user whose primary group is to be set. + %g will be replaced with the group to + set. + + +/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u' + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea5b65f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + This a full path name to a script called by + smbd + 8 that should + start a shutdown procedure. + + If the connected user possesses the SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege, + right, this command will be run as root. + + The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows: + + + + %z will be substituted with the + shutdown message sent to the server. + + + + %t will be substituted with the + number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the + shutdown procedure. + + + + %r will be substituted with the + switch -r. It means reboot after shutdown + for NT. + + + + %f will be substituted with the + switch -f. It means force the shutdown + even if applications do not respond for NT. + + + + Shutdown script example: + +#!/bin/bash + +time=$2 +let time="${time} / 60" +let time="${time} + 1" + +/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 & + + + Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. + + + +abort shutdown script + +/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..484b591 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server + Manager. The add share command is used to define an external program + or script which will add a new service definition to + smb.conf. + + + + In order to successfully execute the + add share command, + smbd requires that the administrator + connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the + SeDiskOperatorPrivilege. + Scripts defined in the add share command + parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + add share command with five parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of the new share. + + + + + pathName - path to an **existing** + directory on disk. + + + + + comment - comment string to associate with the new + share. + + + + + max + connections + Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this + share. + + + + + + This parameter is only used to add file shares. To add printer shares, see the . + + + +change share command +delete share command + +/usr/local/bin/addshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe97b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled + for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via + the path parameter is a local AFS import. The + special AFS features include the attempt to hand-craft an AFS token + if you enabled --with-fake-kaserver in configure. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afstokenlifetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afstokenlifetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d6e13a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afstokenlifetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter controls the lifetime of tokens that the AFS + fake-kaserver claims. In reality these never expire but this lifetime + controls when the afs client will forget the token. + + Set this parameter to 0 to get NEVERDATE. + + +604800 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3f7390 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might + want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. + For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain + in your AFS Protection Database. One possible scheme to code users + as DOMAIN+User as it is done by winbind with the + as a separator. + + + The mapped user name must contain the cell name to log into, + so without setting this parameter there will be no token. + + + +%u@afs.samba.org + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowinsecurewidelinks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowinsecurewidelinks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29c25fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowinsecurewidelinks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + In normal operation the option + which allows the server to follow symlinks outside of a share path + is automatically disabled when + are enabled on a Samba server. This is done for security purposes + to prevent UNIX clients creating symlinks to areas of the server + file system that the administrator does not wish to export. + + + Setting to + true disables the link between these two parameters, removing + this protection and allowing a site to configure + the server to follow symlinks (by setting + to "true") even when + is turned on. + + + It is not recommended to enable this option unless you + fully understand the implications of allowing the server to + follow symbolic links created by UNIX clients. For most + normal Samba configurations this would be considered a security + hole and setting this parameter is not recommended. + + + This option was added at the request of sites who had + deliberately set Samba up in this way and needed to continue + supporting this functionality without having to patch the + Samba code. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowunsafeclusterupgrade.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowunsafeclusterupgrade.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02398ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/allowunsafeclusterupgrade.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If set to no (the default), smbd checks at startup if + other smbd versions are running in the cluster and refuses to + start if so. This is done to protect data corruption in + internal data structures due to incompatible Samba versions + running concurrently in the same cluster. Setting this + parameter to yes disables this + safety check. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/asyncsmbechohandler.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/asyncsmbechohandler.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26a4346 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/asyncsmbechohandler.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should fork the + async smb echo handler. It can be beneficial if your file + system can block syscalls for a very long time. In some + circumstances, it prolongs the timeout that Windows uses to + determine whether a connection is dead. This parameter is only for + SMB1. For SMB2 and above TCP keepalives can be used instead. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/auto_services.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/auto_services.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d843d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/auto_services.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +preload + + This is a list of services that you want to be + automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful + for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be + visible. + + + Note that if you just want all printers in your + printcap file loaded then the + option is easier. + + + + +fred lp colorlp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e3b70c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If + available = no, then ALL + attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are + logged. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/cachedirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/cachedirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..480f31b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/cachedirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the lock directory. Since Samba 3.4.0, it is + possible to differentiate between TDB files with persistent data and + TDB files with non-persistent data using the + state directory and the + cache directory options. + + + This option specifies the directory for storing TDB + files containing non-persistent data that will be kept across + service restarts. The directory should be placed on persistent + storage, but the data can be safely deleted by an + administrator. + + + +&pathconfig.CACHEDIR; +/var/run/samba/locks/cache + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ded7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply + to a client's file change notify requests. + + + You should never need to change this parameter + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cc7451 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server +Manager. The change share command is used to define an external +program or script which will modify an existing service definition in smb.conf. + + + + In order to successfully execute the + change share command, + smbd requires that the administrator + connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the + SeDiskOperatorPrivilege. + Scripts defined in the change share command + parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + change share command with six parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location + of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of the new + share. + + + + + pathName - path to an **existing** + directory on disk. + + + + + comment - comment string to associate + with the new share. + + + + + max + connections + Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this + share. + + + + + CSC policy - client side caching + policy in string form. Valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. + + + + + + This parameter is only used to modify existing file share definitions. + To modify printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen + when browsing the Samba host. + + + +add share command +delete share command + +/usr/local/bin/changeshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66878cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + With this parameter you can add additional addresses that + nmbd will register with a WINS server. Similarly, these + addresses will be registered by default when + net ads dns register is called with + yes + configured. + + + +10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf426ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact + ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend + for its messaging backend. + + + Set this parameter to yes only if + you have a cluster setup with ctdb running. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b67fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This allows you to override the config file + to use, instead of the default (usually smb.conf). + There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set + in the config file! + + For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed + when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from + the new config file. + + This option takes the usual substitutions, which can + be very useful. + + If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded + (allowing you to special case the config files of just a few + clients). + +/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53e899e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter allows you to "clone" service + entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the + current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current + section will override those in the section being copied. + + This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and + create similar services easily. Note that the service being + copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the + service doing the copying. + + + +otherservice + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bc118b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + If you set clustering=yes, + you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain + socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which + you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb.conf. + + + +/tmp/ctdb.socket + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdblocktimewarnthreshold.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdblocktimewarnthreshold.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9da01f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdblocktimewarnthreshold.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + In a cluster environment using Samba and ctdb it is critical + that locks on central ctdb-hosted databases like locking.tdb + are not held for long. With the current Samba architecture + it happens that Samba takes a lock and while holding that + lock makes file system calls into the shared cluster file + system. This option makes Samba warn if it detects that it + has held locks for the specified number of milliseconds. If + this happens, smbd will emit a debug level 0 + message into its logs and potentially into syslog. The most likely + reason for such a log message is that an operation of the cluster + file system Samba exports is taking longer than expected. + The messages are meant as a debugging aid for potential + cluster problems. + + + The default value of 0 disables this logging. + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbtimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbtimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b02b2c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbtimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a timeout in milliseconds for the + connection between Samba and ctdb. It is only valid if you + have compiled Samba with clustering and if you have + set clustering=yes. + + When something in the cluster blocks, it can happen that + we wait indefinitely long for ctdb, just adding to the + blocking condition. In a well-running cluster this should + never happen, but there are too many components in a cluster + that might have hickups. Choosing the right balance for this + value is very tricky, because on a busy cluster long service + times to transfer something across the cluster might be + valid. Setting it too short will degrade the service your + cluster presents, setting it too long might make the cluster + itself not recover from something severely broken for too + long. + + + Be aware that if you set this parameter, this needs to be in + the file smb.conf, it is not really helpful to put this into + a registry configuration (typical on a cluster), because to + access the registry contact to ctdb is required. + + Setting ctdb timeout to n makes + any process waiting longer than n milliseconds for a reply by the + cluster panic. Setting it to 0 (the default) makes Samba + block forever, which is the highly recommended default. + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2da968b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + +default + + This parameter specifies the name of a service + which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot + be found. Note that the square brackets are NOT + given in the parameter value (see example below). + + There is no default value for this parameter. If this + parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent + service results in an error. + + + Typically the default service would be a , service. Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal + that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use macros like %S to make a wildcard service. + + + Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service + used in the default service will get mapped to a "/". This allows for + interesting things. + + +pub + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84390ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. + This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX. + + This option may be useful for running applications such + as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file + permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f569cd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server + Manager. The delete share command is used to define an external + program or script which will remove an existing service definition from + smb.conf. + + + In order to successfully execute the + delete share command, + smbd requires that the administrator + connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the + SeDiskOperatorPrivilege. + Scripts defined in the delete share command + parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + delete share command with two parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location + of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of + the existing service. + + + + + + This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, + see the . + + + +add share command +change share command + +/usr/local/bin/delshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9679763 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + The dfree cache time should only be used on systems where a problem + occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur + with other operating systems. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" at the + end of each directory listing. + + + + This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. It specifies in seconds the time that smbd will + cache the output of a disk free query. If set to zero (the default) no caching is done. This allows a heavily + loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of scripts increasing the load. + + + + By default this parameter is zero, meaning no caching will be done. + + + +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b12ee0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + The dfree command setting should only be used on systems where a + problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may + occur with other operating systems. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" + at the end of each directory listing. + + + + This setting allows the replacement of the internal routines to calculate the total disk space and amount + available with an external routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill this + function. + + + + In Samba version 3.0.21 this parameter has been changed to be a per-share parameter, and in addition the + parameter was added to allow the output of this script to be cached + for systems under heavy load. + + + + The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried. + This will typically consist of the string ./. The script should return + two integers in ASCII. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number + of available blocks. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default blocksize is + 1024 bytes. + + + + Note: Your script should NOT be setuid or setgid and should be owned by (and writeable + only by) root! + + + + Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be: + +#!/bin/sh +df "$1" | tail -1 | awk '{print $(NF-4),$(NF-2)}' + + or perhaps (on Sys V based systems): + +#!/bin/sh +/usr/bin/df -k "$1" | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}' + + Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems. + Also note the arguments passed into the script should be quoted inside the script in case they + contain special characters such as spaces or newlines. + + + + By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used. + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/directorynamecachesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/directorynamecachesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22999a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/directorynamecachesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the size of the directory name cache for SMB1 + connections. It is not used for SMB2. It will be needed to turn this off + for *BSD systems. + + + +100 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de284ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to + determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically + be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that + automatically migrates files to tape. + + + Note that Samba infers the status of a file by examining the + events that a DMAPI application has registered interest in. This + heuristic is satisfactory for a number of hierarchical storage + systems, but there may be system for which it will fail. In this + case, Samba may erroneously report files to be offline. + + + This parameter is only available if a supported DMAPI + implementation was found at compilation time. It will only be used + if DMAPI is found to enabled on the system at run time. + + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca9c75f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + There are certain directories on some systems + (e.g., the /proc tree under Linux) that are either not + of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This + parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories + that the server should always show as empty. + + Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format + of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need + ./proc instead of just /proc. + Experimentation is the best policy :-) + + + +/proc,/dev + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..353f4bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + The default behavior in Samba is to provide + UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is + able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior + is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter + allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever + means, including an ACL permission) to modify the permissions + (including ACL) on it. Note that a user belonging to the group + owning the file will not be allowed to change permissions if + the group is only granted read access. Ownership of the + file/directory may also be changed. + + Note that using the VFS modules acl_xattr or acl_tdb which store native + Windows as meta-data will automatically turn this option on for any + share for which they are loaded, as they require this option to emulate + Windows ACLs correctly. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccdfa6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest + granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter + for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the + nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second + resolution is made to smbd + 8. + + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual + C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a + share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a + file has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a + one-second granularity, the other uses a two second granularity. As + the two second call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a + timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not + match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting + this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is + happy. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17fadd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a + file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, + only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By + default, Samba emulates the DOS semantics and allows one to change the + timestamp on a file if the user smbd is acting + on behalf has write permissions. + Due to changes in Microsoft Office 2000 and beyond, + the default for this parameter has been changed from "no" to "yes" in Samba 3.0.14 + and above. Microsoft Excel will display dialog box warnings about the file being + changed by another user if this parameter is not set to "yes" and files are being + shared between users. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbeventnotification.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbeventnotification.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..279ac3d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbeventnotification.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + When enabled, this option causes Samba (acting as an + Active Directory Domain Controller) to stream Samba database + events across the internal message bus. Scripts built using + Samba's python bindings can listen to these events by + registering as the service + dsdb_event. + + This is not needed for the audit + logging described in . + + Instead, this should instead be considered a developer + option (it assists in the Samba testsuite) rather than a + facility for external auditing, as message delivery is not + guaranteed (a feature that the testsuite works around). + + The Samba database events are also logged via the normal + logging methods when the is + set appropriately, say to + dsdb_json_audit:5. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbgroupchangenotification.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbgroupchangenotification.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3972e72 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbgroupchangenotification.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + When enabled, this option causes Samba (acting as an + Active Directory Domain Controller) to stream group membership change + events across the internal message bus. Scripts built using + Samba's python bindings can listen to these events by + registering as the service + dsdb_group_event. + + This is not needed for the audit + logging described in . + + Instead, this should instead be considered a developer + option (it assists in the Samba testsuite) rather than a + facility for external auditing, as message delivery is not + guaranteed (a feature that the testsuite works around). + + The Samba database events are also logged via the normal + logging methods when the is + set appropriately, say to + dsdb_group_json_audit:5. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbpasswordeventnotification.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbpasswordeventnotification.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd2cc98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dsdbpasswordeventnotification.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + When enabled, this option causes Samba (acting as an + Active Directory Domain Controller) to stream password change + and reset events across the internal message bus. + Scripts built using Samba's python bindings can listen to these + events by registering as the service + password_event. + + This is not needed for the audit + logging described in . + + Instead, this should instead be considered a developer + option (it assists in the Samba testsuite) rather than a + facility for external auditing, as message delivery is not + guaranteed (a feature that the testsuite works around). + + The Samba database events are also logged via the normal + logging methods when the is + set appropriately, say to + dsdb_password_json_audit:5. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchaddress.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchaddress.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6112546 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchaddress.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + Specifies the name of the Elasticsearch server to use for Spotlight + queries when using the Elasticsearch backend. + + + + localhost + needle.haystack.samba.org + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknownattribute.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknownattribute.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86368d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknownattribute.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + Ignore unknown Spotlight attributes in search queries. An example query + using the unsupported attribute + "kMDItemTopic" would be + kMDItemTopic=="hotstuff". By + default any query using such a type would completely fail. By enabling + this option, if the type match is a subexpression of a larger expression, + then this subexpression is just ignored. + + + + no + yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknowntype.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknowntype.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca1f873 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchignoreunknowntype.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + Ignore unknown Spotlight types in search queries. An example query using + the unsupported type "public.calendar-event" + would be + kMDItemContentType=="public.calendar-event". By + default any query using such a type would completely fail. By enabling + this option, if the type match is a subexpression of a larger expression, + then this subexpression is just ignored. + + + + no + yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchindex.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchindex.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f394b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchindex.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + Specifies the name of the Elasticsearch index to use for Spotlight queries + when using the Elasticsearch backend. The default value of "_all" is a + special Elasticsearch value that performs the search operation on all + indices. + + + + _all + spotlight + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmappings.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmappings.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2502a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmappings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + Path to a file specifying metadata attribute mappings in JSON format. Use + by the Elasticsearch backend of the Spotlight RPC service. + + + + &pathconfig.SAMBA_DATADIR;/elasticsearch_mappings.json + /usr/share/foo/mymappings.json + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmaxresults.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmaxresults.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1086b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchmaxresults.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + Path to a file specifying metadata attribute mappings in JSON format. Used + by the Elasticsearch backend of the Spotlight RPC service. A value of 0 + means no limit. + + + + 100 + 10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea87daa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + Specifies the TCP port of the Elasticsearch server to use for Spotlight + queries when using the Elasticsearch backend. + + + + 9200 + 9201 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchusetls.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchusetls.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1aa8a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/elasticsearchusetls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + Specifies whether to use HTTPS when talking to the Elasticsearch server + used for Spotlight queries when using the Elasticsearch backend. + + + + no + yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49f54a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create + time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the + ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default + reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting + this parameter for a share causes Samba to always report midnight + 1-1-1980 as the create time for directories. + + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for + Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. Visual C++ generated + makefiles have the object directory as a dependency for each object + file, and a make rule to create the directory. Also, when NMAKE + compares timestamps it uses the creation time when examining a + directory. Thus the object directory will be created if it does not + exist, but once it does exist it will always have an earlier + timestamp than the object files it contains. + + However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time + reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created + or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in + the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then + compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the + directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files + will be rebuilt. Enabling this option + ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build + will proceed as expected. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..deca634 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop smbd + 8 from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this + parameter to no prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being + followed (the user will get an error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic + link to /etc/passwd in their home directory for instance. However + it will slow filename lookups down slightly. + + + + This option is enabled (i.e. smbd will follow symbolic links) by default. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fssprunestale.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fssprunestale.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..722cff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fssprunestale.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + When enabled, Samba's File Server Remote VSS Protocol (FSRVP) server + checks all FSRVP initiated snapshots on startup, and removes any + corresponding state (including share definitions) for nonexistent + snapshot paths. + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fsssequencetimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fsssequencetimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12f1854 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fsssequencetimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + The File Server Remote VSS Protocol (FSRVP) server includes a message + sequence timer to ensure cleanup on unexpected client disconnect. This + parameter overrides the default timeout between FSRVP operations. + FSRVP timeouts can be completely disabled via a value of 0. + + +180 or 1800, depending on operation +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..437bd5c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share + is using that is reported by smbd 8 + when a client queries the filesystem type for a share. The default type is NTFS for compatibility + with Windows NT but this can be changed to other strings such as Samba or FAT + if required. + + +NTFS +Samba + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/honorchangenotifyprivilege.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/honorchangenotifyprivilege.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9c880c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/honorchangenotifyprivilege.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + This option can be used to make use of the change notify privilege. + By default notify results are not checked against the file system + permissions. + + + If "honor change notify privilege" is enabled, a user will only + receive notify results, if he has change notify privilege or + sufficient file system permissions. If a user has the change notify + privilege, he will receive all requested notify results, even if the + user does not have the permissions on the file system. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbda1ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed + in place. + + + + It takes the standard substitutions, except %u, + %P and %S. + + + + The parameter include = registry has + a special meaning: It does not include + a file named registry from the current working + directory, but instead reads the global configuration options + from the registry. See the section on registry-based + configuration for details. Note that this option + automatically activates registry shares. + + + + +/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5551a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the + kernel for change notifications in directories so that + SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. + + + This parameter is only used when your kernel supports + change notification to user programs using the inotify interface. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf0ea2b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + +lock dir + + This option specifies the directory where lock + files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the + option. + + + + Note: This option can not be set inside registry + configurations. + + The files placed in this directory are not required + across service restarts and can be safely placed on volatile + storage (e.g. tmpfs in Linux) + + + +&pathconfig.LOCKDIR; +/var/run/samba/locks + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/logwriteablefilesonexit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/logwriteablefilesonexit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d95471a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/logwriteablefilesonexit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + When the network connection between a CIFS client and Samba + dies, Samba has no option but to simply shut down the server + side of the network connection. If this happens, there is a + risk of data corruption because the Windows client did not + complete all write operations that the Windows application + requested. Setting this option to "yes" makes smbd log with + a level 0 message a list of all files that have been opened + for writing when the network connection died. Those are the + files that are potentially corrupted. It is meant as an aid + for the administrator to give him a list of files to do + consistency checks on. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17b3c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the + parameter below). + + + If two clients use the same magic script + in the same directory the output file content is undefined. + + + +<magic script name>.out +myfile.txt + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..614f5ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the name of a file which, + if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. + This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and + executed on behalf of the connected user. + + Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon + completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level + of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion. + + If the script generates output, output will be sent to + the file specified by the + parameter (see above). + + Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts + containing CR/LF instead of CR as + the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable + as is on the host, which for some hosts and + some shells will require filtering at the DOS end. + + Magic scripts are EXPERIMENTAL and + should NOT be relied upon. + + +user.csh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba39b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + This specifies what command to run when the + server receives a WinPopup style message. + + This would normally be a command that would + deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is + up to your imagination. + + An example is: + +message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' & + + + + This delivers the message using xedit, then + removes it afterwards. NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT + THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY. That's why I + have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then + your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover + after 30 seconds, hopefully). + + All messages are delivered as the global guest user. + The command takes the standard substitutions, although + %u won't work (%U may be better + in this case). + + Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional + ones apply. In particular: + + + + %s = the filename containing + the message. + + + + %t = the destination that + the message was sent to (probably the server name). + + + + %f = who the message + is from. + + + + You could make this command send mail, or whatever else + takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting + ideas you have. + + + Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root: + +message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on %m' root < %s; rm %s + + + + If you don't have a message command then the message + won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was + an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code + and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered. + + + + If you want to silently delete it then try: + +message command = rm %s + + + + + +csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' & + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nbtclientsocketaddress.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nbtclientsocketaddress.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12815dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nbtclientsocketaddress.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +socket address + + This option allows you to control what address Samba + will send NBT client packets from, and process replies using, + including in nmbd. + Setting this option should never be necessary on usual Samba + servers running only one nmbd. + + By default Samba will send UDP packets from the OS default address for the destination, and accept replies on 0.0.0.0. + This parameter is deprecated. See Yes and for the previous behaviour of controlling the normal listening sockets. + + +0.0.0.0 +192.168.2.20 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ncalrpcdir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ncalrpcdir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bbd222 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ncalrpcdir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This directory will hold a series of named pipes to allow RPC over inter-process communication. + This will allow Samba and other unix processes to interact over DCE/RPC without using TCP/IP. Additionally a sub-directory 'np' has restricted permissions, and allows a trusted communication channel between Samba processes + + +&pathconfig.NCALRPCDIR; +/var/run/samba/ncalrpc + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nmbdbindexplicitbroadcast.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nmbdbindexplicitbroadcast.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd72f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nmbdbindexplicitbroadcast.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This option causes nmbd + 8 to explicitly bind to the + broadcast address of the local subnets. This is needed to make nmbd + work correctly in combination with the option. + You should not need to unset this option. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01a97c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This is a Samba developer option that allows a + system command to be called when either smbd + 8 or nmbd + 8 crashes. This is usually used to + draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. + + + + +/bin/sleep 90000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/perfcountmodule.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/perfcountmodule.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e25105f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/perfcountmodule.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB + operations. Only one perfcount module may be used, and it must implement all of the + apis contained in the smb_perfcount_handler structure defined in smb.h. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d006372 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. + + + +&pathconfig.PIDDIR; +/var/run/ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca15221 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option specifies a command to be run + whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual + substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some + systems. + + An interesting example may be to unmount server + resources: + +postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom + +preexec + + +echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7faf89a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +exec + + This option specifies a command to be run whenever + the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions. + + An interesting example is to send the users a welcome + message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here + is an example: + + + preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" | + /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & + + + Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-) + + + See also and . + + + + +echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d184e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from + should close the service being connected to. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bdb1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This turns on or off support for share definitions read from + registry. Shares defined in smb.conf take + precedence over shares with the same name defined in + registry. See the section on registry-based configuration + for details. + + + + Note that this parameter defaults to no, + but it is set to yes when + config backend is set + to registry. + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0436898 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + This option allows you to setup nmbd + 8 to periodically announce itself + to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. + + + + This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear in a remote workgroup for + which the normal browse propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be + anywhere that you can send IP packets to. + + + + For example: + +remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS 192.168.4.255/STAFF + + the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself + to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the + workgroup name, then the one given in the parameter + is used instead. + + + + The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses of the remote + networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known browse masters if your network + config is that stable. + + + + See the chapter on Network Browsing in the Samba-HOWTO book. + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0b106e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + This option allows you to setup nmbd + 8 to periodically request + synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba + server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to + gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This + is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers. + + + + This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local + clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse + propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere + that you can send IP packets to. + + + + For example: + +remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255 + + the above line would cause nmbd to request the master browser on the + specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with + the local server. + + + + The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast + addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses + of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If + a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate + that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it + is in fact the browse master on its segment. + + + + The may be used on networks + where there is no WINS server, and may be used on disjoint networks where + each network has its own WINS server. + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a991733 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This boolean option controls whether an incoming SMB1 session setup + should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches + the default Windows 2003 behaviour. + + Setting this parameter to yes becomes necessary when you have a flaky + network and windows decides to reconnect while the old connection + still has files with share modes open. These files become inaccessible + over the new connection. + + The client sends a zero VC on the new connection, and Windows 2003 + kills all other connections coming from the same IP. This way the + locked files are accessible again. + + Please be aware that enabling this option will kill + connections behind a masquerading router, and will not trigger + for clients that only use SMB2 or SMB3. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e74fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This is the same as the postexec + parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for + unmounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed. + + + +postexec + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32c4ef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This is the same as the preexec + parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for + mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a connection is opened. + + + +preexec +preexec close + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35fd883 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This is the same as the preexec close + parameter except that the command is run as root. + + +preexec +preexec close + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdasyncdosmode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdasyncdosmode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03d902c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdasyncdosmode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + This parameter control whether the fileserver will use sync or async + methods for fetching the DOS attributes when doing a directory listing. By default sync methods will be + used. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdgetinfoasksharemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdgetinfoasksharemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bef948 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdgetinfoasksharemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This parameter allows disabling fetching file write time from the open + file handle database locking.tdb when a client requests file or + directory metadata. It's a performance optimisation at the expense of + protocol correctness. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxasyncdosmode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxasyncdosmode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b375298 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxasyncdosmode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + + This parameter controls how many async operations to fetch the DOS + attributes the fileserver will queue when doing directory listings. + + +aio max threads * 2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxxattrsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxxattrsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ae91a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdmaxxattrsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the maximum size of extended attributes + that may be written to the server as EAs or as alternate data + streams if vfs_streams_xattr is enabled. The maximum size of + extended attributes depends on the Samba server's operating system + and the underlying filesystem. The Linux VFS currently sets an + upper boundary of 64 KiB per extended attribute. FreeBSD does not + set a practical upper limit, but since pread() and pwrite() are not + possible via the extattr on FreeBSD, it is not recommended to + increase this value above a few MiB. + + If a client attempts to write an overly-large alternate datastream, + the Samba server will return STATUS_FILESYSTEM_LIMITATION. + If this error is encountered, users may try increasing the maximum + size supported for xattr writes. If this is not possible, and + writes are from a MacOS client and to an AFP_Resource extended + attribute, the user may enable the vfs_fruit module and configure + to allow stream writes for AFP_Resource to an alternative storage + location. See vfs_fruit documentation for further details. + + +65536 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdprofilinglevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdprofilinglevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54dccf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdprofilinglevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This parameter allows the administrator to enable profiling support. + + + Possible values are off, + count and on. + + +off +on + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdsearchasksharemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdsearchasksharemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de78818 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/smbdsearchasksharemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + This parameter allows disabling fetching file write time from the open + file handle database locking.tdb. It's a performance optimisation at + the expense of protocol correctness. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04631d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether Samba allows Spotlight + queries on a share. For controlling indexing of filesystems + you also have to use Tracker's own configuration system. + + + + Spotlight has several prerequisites: + + + + + Samba must be configured and built with Spotlight support. + + + Tracker integration must be setup and the + share must be indexed by Tracker. + + + For a detailed set of instructions please see https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Spotlight. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight_backend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight_backend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0643fc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/spotlight_backend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Spotlight search backend. Available backends: + + + noindex - + a backend that returns no results. + + + + + + tracker - + Gnome Tracker. + + + elasticsearch - + a backend that uses JSON and REST over HTTP(s) to query an + Elasticsearch server. + + + + +noindex + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/statedirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/statedirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12481fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/statedirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the + lock directory. Since + Samba 3.4.0, it is possible to differentiate between TDB files + with persistent data and TDB files with non-persistent data using + the state directory and the + cache directory options. + + + This option specifies the directory where TDB files containing + important persistent data will be stored. + + + +&pathconfig.STATEDIR; +/var/run/samba/locks/state + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be210bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed + to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent + of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting + guest ok = yes in a share + definition. Due to its security sensitive nature, the default + is set to off. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d69bb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares + that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the + usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. + + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b33492 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by + a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the + user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then + smbd checks that the directory path being shared is owned by + the user who owns the usershare file defining this share and + refuses to create the share if not. If set to False then no + such check is performed and any directory path may be exported + regardless of who owns it. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99fea94 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the + filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. + This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for + other, and be writable only by the group owner. In addition the + "sticky" bit must also be set, restricting rename and delete to + owners of a file (in the same way the /tmp directory is usually configured). + Members of the group owner of this directory are the users allowed to create + usershares. + + + For example, a valid usershare directory might be /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares, + set up as follows. + + + + ls -ld /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/ + drwxrwx--T 2 root power_users 4096 2006-05-05 12:27 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/ + + + + In this case, only members of the group "power_users" can create user defined shares. + + + +&pathconfig.STATEDIR;/usershares + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c236fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames + the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. + If the pathname to be exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this + list, the user defined share will not be allowed. This allows the Samba + administrator to restrict the directories on the system that can be + exported by user defined shares. + + + If there is a "usershare prefix deny list" and also a + "usershare prefix allow list" the deny list is processed + first, followed by the allow list, thus leading to the most + restrictive interpretation. + + + + +/home /data /space + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0e18a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames + the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. + If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this + list the user defined share will not be allowed. Any pathname not + starting with one of these strings will be allowed to be exported + as a usershare. This allows the Samba administrator to restrict the + directories on the system that can be exported by user defined shares. + + + If there is a "usershare prefix deny list" and also a + "usershare prefix allow list" the deny list is processed + first, followed by the allow list, thus leading to the most + restrictive interpretation. + + + + +/etc /dev /private + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a74dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + User defined shares only have limited possible parameters + such as path, guest ok, etc. This parameter allows usershares to + "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" + is set to the name of an existing share, then all usershares + created have their defaults set from the parameters set on this + share. + + + The target share may be set to be invalid for real file + sharing by setting the parameter "-valid = False" on the template + share definition. This causes it not to be seen as a real exported + share but to be able to be used as a template for usershares. + + + + +template_share + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6382d46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled + with the option --with-utmp. If set to + yes then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records + (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. + Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share. + + + + Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we are required to create a unique + identifier for the incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2 algorithm + to find this number. This may impede performance on large installations. + + + +utmp directory + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96b45db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter is only available if Samba has + been configured and compiled with the option + --with-utmp. It specifies a directory pathname that is + used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that + record user connections to a Samba server. By default this is + not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the + native system is set to use (usually + /var/run/utmp on Linux). + + +utmp + +Determined automatically +/var/run/utmp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d86f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter indicates whether a share is + valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, + the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. + + + + This option should not be + used by regular users but might be of help to developers. + Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f1be6a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This allows you to override the volume label + returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs + that insist on a particular volume label. + + +the name of the share + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volumeserialnumber.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volumeserialnumber.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41cf2c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volumeserialnumber.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This allows to override the volume serial number + (a 32bit value) reported for a share. + The special value -1 (default) stands for + a unique number that is calculated for each share. + + +-1 +0xabcdefgh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09f8aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether or not links + in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links + that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the + server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only + to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported. + + Note: Turning this parameter on when UNIX extensions are enabled + will allow UNIX clients to create symbolic links on the share that + can point to files or directories outside restricted path exported + by the share definition. This can cause access to areas outside of + the share. Due to this problem, this parameter will be automatically + disabled (with a message in the log file) if the + option is on. + + + See the parameter + if you wish to change this coupling between the two parameters. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1b5359 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option + --with-utmp. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on + the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact + that user info is kept after a user has logged out. + + + + By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually + /var/run/wtmp on Linux). + + + +utmp + +/var/log/wtmp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c25794b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports + remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". + This option defines an external program to be executed when + smbd receives a request to add a new Port to the system. + The script is passed two parameters: + + + port name + device URI + + + The deviceURI is in the format of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>] + or lpd://<hostname>/<queuename>. + + +enum ports command + + +/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..954b437 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing + support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add + Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the + "Printers..." folder displayed a share listing. The APW + allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows + NT/2000 print server. + + For a Samba host this means that the printer must be + physically added to the underlying printing system. + The addprinter command + defines a script to be run which + will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer + to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition + to the smb.conf file in order that it can be + shared by smbd + 8. + + The addprinter command is + automatically invoked with the following parameter (in + order): + + + printer name + share name + port name + driver name + location + Windows 9x driver location + + + All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent + by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception. The "Windows 9x + driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility + only. The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers + to the APW questions. + + Once the addprinter command has + been executed, smbd will reparse the + smb.conf to determine if the share defined by the APW + exists. If the sharename is still invalid, then smbd + will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. + + + The addprinter command program + can output a single line of text, + which Samba will set as the port the new printer is connected to. + If this line isn't output, Samba won't reload its printer shares. + + + + +deleteprinter command +printing +show add printer wizard + + +/usr/bin/addprinter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsconnectiontimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsconnectiontimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcb6985 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsconnectiontimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is set to cups. + + + + If set, this option specifies the number of seconds that smbd will wait + whilst trying to contact to the CUPS server. The connection will fail + if it takes longer than this number of seconds. + + + +30 +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsencrypt.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsencrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8094abe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsencrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if + is set to cups and if you use CUPS newer than + 1.0.x.It is used to define whether or not Samba should use encryption + when talking to the CUPS server. Possible values are + auto, yes and + no + + + + When set to auto we will try to do a TLS handshake on each CUPS + connection setup. If that fails, we will fall back to unencrypted + operation. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..833ba30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is + set to cups. Its value is a free form string of options + passed directly to the cups library. + + + + You can pass any generic print option known to CUPS (as listed + in the CUPS "Software Users' Manual"). You can also pass any printer + specific option (as listed in "lpoptions -d printername -l") + valid for the target queue. + Multiple parameters should be space-delimited name/value pairs according to + the PAPI text option ABNF specification. Collection values + ("name={a=... b=... c=...}") are stored with the curley brackets intact. + + + + You should set this parameter to raw if your CUPS server + error_log file contains messages such as + "Unsupported format 'application/octet-stream'" when printing from a Windows client + through Samba. It is no longer necessary to enable + system wide raw printing in /etc/cups/mime.{convs,types}. + + + + +"" +"raw media=a4" + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c18c115 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is set to cups. + + + + If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS client.conf. This is + necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons. + + + Optionally, a port can be specified by separating the server name + and port number with a colon. If no port was specified, + the default port for IPP (631) will be used. + + + + +"" +mycupsserver +mycupsserver:1631 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f86de9b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + This parameter is only applicable to services. + When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba + server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and + orientation and duplex settings. The device mode can only correctly be + generated by the printer driver itself (which can only be executed on a + Win32 platform). Because smbd is unable to execute the driver code + to generate the device mode, the default behavior is to set this field + to NULL. + + + Most problems with serving printer drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients + can be traced to a problem with the generated device mode. Certain drivers + will do things such as crashing the client's Explorer.exe with a NULL devmode. + However, other printer drivers can cause the client's spooler service + (spoolsv.exe) to die if the devmode was not created by the driver itself + (i.e. smbd generates a default devmode). + + + This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer + driver in question. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL + and let the Windows client set the correct values. Because drivers do not + do this all the time, setting default devmode = yes + will instruct smbd to generate a default one. + + + For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes, + see the MSDN documentation. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d70ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer + support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now + possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the + DeletePrinter() RPC call. + + For a Samba host this means that the printer must be + physically deleted from the underlying printing system. The + defines a script to be run which + will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer + from the print system and from smb.conf. + + + The is + automatically called with only one parameter: . + + + Once the has + been executed, smbd will reparse the + smb.conf to check that the associated printer no longer exists. + If the sharename is still valid, then smbd + will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. + + +addprinter command +printing +show add printer wizard + + +/usr/bin/removeprinter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4710002 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support + for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior + as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using + Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be unaffected by + the parameter. However, this will also disable the ability to upload + printer drivers to a Samba server via the Windows NT Add Printer + Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window. It will + also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download + print drivers from the Samba host upon demand. + Be very careful about enabling this parameter. + + + +use client driver + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enablespoolss.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enablespoolss.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68e09bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enablespoolss.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Inverted synonym for . + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1258042 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign + to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port + is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of + a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port + (i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...). By default, Samba has only one + port defined--"Samba Printer Port". Under + Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name. + If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (smbd + does not use a port name for anything) other than + the default "Samba Printer Port", you + can define enumports command to point to + a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line, + to standard output. This listing will then be used in response + to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC. + + + +/usr/bin/listports + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..607d176 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + When printing from Windows NT (or later), + each printer in smb.conf has two + associated names which can be used by the client. The first + is the sharename (or shortname) defined in smb.conf. This + is the only printername available for use by Windows 9x clients. + The second name associated with a printer can be seen when + browsing to the "Printers" (or "Printers and Faxes") folder + on the Samba server. This is referred to simply as the printername + (not to be confused with the printer name option). + + + When assigning a new driver to a printer on a remote + Windows compatible print server such as Samba, the Windows client + will rename the printer to match the driver name just uploaded. + This can result in confusion for users when multiple + printers are bound to the same driver. To prevent Samba from + allowing the printer's printername to differ from the sharename + defined in smb.conf, set force printername = yes. + + + Be aware that enabling this parameter may affect migrating + printers from a Windows server to Samba since Windows has no way to + force the sharename and printername to match. + + It is recommended that this parameter's value not be changed + once the printer is in use by clients as this could cause a user + not be able to delete printer connections from their local Printers + folder. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16e3623 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is set to iprint. + + + + If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS client.conf. This is + necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons. + + + +"" +MYCUPSSERVER + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83e0f4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + A boolean variable that controls whether all + printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. + See the section for + more details. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aa134c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling + a specific print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way + of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs + having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see printing=hpux + ), if the -p%p option is added + to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. + if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will + have the PAUSED status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it + will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server. + + Currently no default value is given to + this string, unless the value of the + parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is : + lp -i %p-%j -H hold or if the value of the + printing parameter is + SOFTQ, then the default is: + qstat -s -j%j -h. + + + +printing + +determined by printing parameter +/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b3670a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This controls how long lpq info will be cached + for to prevent the lpq command being called too + often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the + lpq command used by the system, so if you use different + lpq commands for different users then they won't + share cache information. + + The cache files are stored in /tmp/lpq.xxxx + where xxxx is a hash of the lpq command in use. + + The default is 30 seconds, meaning that the cached results + of a previous identical lpq command will be used + if the cached data is less than 30 seconds old. A large value may + be advisable if your lpq command is very slow. + +A value of 0 will disable caching completely. + + +printing + +30 +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3c17f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to obtain lpq + -style printer status information. + + This command should be a program or script which + takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer + status information. + + Currently nine styles of printer status information + are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ. + This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected + using the printing = option. + + Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not + correctly send the connection number for the printer they are + requesting status information about. To get around this, the + server reports on the first printer service connected to by the + client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the + command. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lpq command as the $PATH + may not be available to the server. When compiled with + the CUPS libraries, no lpq command is + needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the + print queue listing. + + +printing + +/usr/bin/lpq -P%p +determined by printing parameter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..153ba76 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to restart or continue + printing or spooling a specific print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See + also the parameter. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lpresume command as the PATH may not + be available to the server. + + See also the parameter. + + Default: Currently no default value is given + to this string, unless the value of the printing + parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is: + + lp -i %p-%j -H resume + + or if the value of the printing parameter + is SOFTQ, then the default is: + + qstat -s -j%j -r + + +determined by printing parameter +/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b7f3dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to delete a print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the lprm command as the PATH may not be + available to the server. + + + Examples of use are: + +lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j + +or + +lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j + + + + +printing + +determined by printing parameter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f37ff0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of + jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. + If this number is exceeded, smbd + 8 will remote "Out of Space" to the client. + + + +1000 +5000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cfd21f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for + Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess + jobs will not be shown. A value of zero means there is no limit on the number of + print jobs reported. + + + +max print jobs + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c845f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + The parameter is used to define the absolute + path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver + names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is: + + <nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name> + + For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 + printer driver would appear as HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP + LaserJet 5L. + + + The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in + the chapter on Classical Printing in the Samba3-HOWTO book. For more + details on OS/2 clients, please refer to chapter on other clients in the Samba3-HOWTO book. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..870d888 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + +print ok + + If this parameter is yes, then + clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory + specified for the service. + + Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing + to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling + of print data. The parameter controls only non-printing access to + the resource. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5a4c80 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing + subsystem is again asked for the known printers. + + + Setting this parameter to 0 disables any rescanning for new + or removed printers after the initial startup. + + + + +750 +600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a65d23 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + +printcap + + + This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually + /etc/printcap). See the discussion of the [printers] section above for reasons why you might want to do this. + + + + To use the CUPS printing interface set printcap name = cups . This should + be supplemented by an additional setting cups in the [global] + section. printcap name = cups will use the "dummy" printcap + created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file. + + + + On System V systems that use lpstat to + list available printers you can use printcap name = lpstat + to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This + is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in + Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If + printcap name is set to lpstat on + these systems then Samba will launch lpstat -v and + attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list. + + + + A minimal printcap file would look something like this: + +print1|My Printer 1 +print2|My Printer 2 +print3|My Printer 3 +print4|My Printer 4 +print5|My Printer 5 + + where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second alias has a space in + it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment. + + + + Under AIX the default printcap name is /etc/qconfig. Samba will + assume the file is in AIX qconfig format if the string qconfig appears in the printcap filename. + + + + +/etc/printcap +/etc/myprintcap + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c84e45f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + After a print job has finished spooling to + a service, this command will be used via a system() + call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will + submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there + is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove + the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the + spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to + manually remove old spool files. + + The print command is simply a text string. It will be used + verbatim after macro substitutions have been made: + + %s, %f - the path to the spool + file name + + %p - the appropriate printer + name + + %J - the job + name as transmitted by the client. + + %c - The number of printed pages + of the spooled job (if known). + + %z - the size of the spooled + print job (in bytes) + + The print command MUST contain at least + one occurrence of %s or %f + - the %p is optional. At the time + a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the %p + will be silently removed from the printer command. + + If specified in the [global] section, the print command given + will be used for any printable service that does not have its own + print command specified. + + If there is neither a specified print command for a + printable service nor a global print command, spool files will + be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed. + + Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the + nobody account. If this happens then create + an alternative guest account that can print and set the + in the [global] section. + + You can form quite complex print commands by realizing + that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following + will log a print job, print the file, then remove it. Note that + ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts. + + print command = echo Printing %s >> + /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s + + You may have to vary this command considerably depending + on how you normally print files on your system. The default for + the parameter varies depending on the setting of the + parameter. + + Default: For printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG + or PLP : + print command = lpr -r -P%p %s + + For printing = SYSV or HPUX : + print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s + + For printing = SOFTQ : + print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s + + For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against + libcups, then cups + uses the CUPS API to + submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V + commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it + uses lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s. + With printing = cups, + and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually + set print command will be ignored. + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b82ef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + printer + + + This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service + will be sent. + + + + If specified in the [global] section, the printer name given will be used for any printable service that + does not have its own printer name specified. + + + + The default value of the may be lp on many + systems. + + + + +laserwriter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e25621 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + This parameters controls how printer status information is + interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for + the print command, lpq command, lppause command , lpresume command, and lprm command if specified in the + [global] section. + + Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are + BSD, AIX, + LPRNG, PLP, + SYSV, HPUX, + QNX, SOFTQ, + CUPS and IPRINT. + + Be aware that CUPS and IPRINT are only available if the CUPS + development library was available at the time Samba was compiled + or packaged. + + To see what the defaults are for the other print + commands when using the various options use the testparm + 1 program. + + This option can be set on a per printer basis. Please be + aware however, that you must place any of the various printing + commands (e.g. print command, lpq command, etc...) after defining + the value for the printing option since it will + reset the printing commands to default values. + + See also the discussion in the + [printers] section. + + See testparm -v. for the default + value on your system + +Depends on the operating system + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06209f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter specifies which user information will be + passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, + but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too. + + +printing + +%D\%U +%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printnotifybackchannel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printnotifybackchannel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..576bf75 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printnotifybackchannel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + +Windows print clients can update print queue status by expecting + the server to open a backchannel SMB connection to them. Due to + client firewall settings this can cause considerable timeouts + and will often fail, as there is no guarantee the client is even + running an SMB server. By default, the Samba print server will + not try to connect back to clients, and will treat corresponding + requests as if the connection back to the client failed. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dca456 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, + such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer. + + This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, + but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 + and NT. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command. + + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the + server. + + +determined by printing parameter +disable %p + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a57333 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It + is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the + previous parameter (). + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, + such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer. + + This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, + but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 + and NT. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the + command. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the + server. + + +determined by printing parameter +enable %p + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14687b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support + for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will + appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will + contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW). However, it is + possible to disable this feature regardless of the level of privilege + of the connected user. + + Under normal circumstances, the Windows NT/2000 client will + open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for + Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative + access on the print server (i.e is not root or has granted the + SePrintOperatorPrivilege), the OpenPrinterEx() + call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for + a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW + icon will not be displayed. + + Disabling the show add printer wizard + parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server + to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. + +This does not prevent the same user from having + administrative privilege on an individual printer. + + +addprinter command +deleteprinter command + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssarchitecture.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssarchitecture.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae7390 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssarchitecture.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + Windows spoolss print clients only allow association of server-side drivers + with printers when the driver architecture matches the advertised print server + architecture. Samba's spoolss print server architecture can be changed using + this parameter. + +Windows x64 +Windows NT x86 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssosversion.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssosversion.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b57b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/spoolssosversion.xml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 5.0.2195 (Windows 2000). The example is 6.1.7601 (Windows 2008 R2). + + +5 +6 + + + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 5.0.2195 (Windows 2000). The example is 6.1.7601 (Windows 2008 R2). + + +0 +1 + + + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 5.0.2195 (Windows 2000). The example is 6.1.7601 (Windows 2008 R2). + + +2195 +7601 + + + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 6.1.7007 (Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2). + + +6 + + + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 6.1.7007 (Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2). + + +1 + + + + + Windows might require a new os version number. This option allows + to modify the build number. The complete default version number is: + 6.1.7007 (Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2). + + +7007 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d07604 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 + clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When + serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing + a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required + to install a local printer driver. From this point on, the client + will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer + connection. This is much the same behavior that will occur + when disable spoolss = yes. + + + The differentiating factor is that under normal + circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network + printer using MS-RPC. The problem is that because the client + considers the printer to be local, it will attempt to issue the + OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated with the + logged on user. If the user possesses local administrator rights but + not root privilege on the Samba host (often the case), the + OpenPrinterEx() call will fail. The result is that the client will + now display an "Access Denied; Unable to connect" message + in the printer queue window (even though jobs may successfully be + printed). + + If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt + to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped + to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx() + call to succeed. This parameter MUST not be enabled + on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba + server. + + +disable spoolss + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclallowexecutealways.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclallowexecutealways.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60ffb34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclallowexecutealways.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls the behaviour of smbd + 8 when receiving a protocol request of "open for execution" + from a Windows client. + With Samba 3.6 and older, the execution right in the ACL was not checked, so a client + could execute a file even if it did not have execute rights on the file. In Samba 4.0, + this has been fixed, so that by default, i.e. when this parameter is set to "False", + "open for execution" is now denied when execution permissions are not present. + + + If this parameter is set to "True", Samba does not check execute permissions on + "open for execution", thus re-establishing the behaviour of Samba 3.6. + This can be useful to smoothen upgrades from older Samba versions to 4.0 and newer. + This setting is not meant to be used as a permanent setting, but as a temporary relief: + It is recommended to fix the permissions in the ACLs and reset this parameter to the + default after a certain transition period. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfffcc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + Please note this parameter is now deprecated in Samba 3.6.2 and will be removed + in a future version of Samba. + + This boolean parameter controls what smbd + 8 does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" + from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they + expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by + actually attempting to delete the file or directory. As Windows clients can (and do) "back out" a + delete request by unsetting the "delete on close" bit Samba cannot delete the file immediately + on "open for delete" request as we cannot restore such a deleted file. With this parameter set to + true (the default) then smbd checks the file system permissions directly on "open for delete" and denies the + request without actually deleting the file if the file system permissions would seem to deny it. + This is not perfect, as it's possible a user could have deleted a file without Samba being able to + check the permissions correctly, but it is close enough to Windows semantics for mostly correct + behaviour. Samba will correctly check POSIX ACL semantics in this case. + + If this parameter is set to "false" Samba doesn't check permissions on "open for delete" + and allows the open. If the user doesn't have permission to delete the file this will only be + discovered at close time, which is too late for the Windows user tools to display an error message + to the user. The symptom of this is files that appear to have been deleted "magically" re-appearing + on a Windows explorer refresh. This is an extremely advanced protocol option which should not + need to be changed. This parameter was introduced in its final form in 3.0.21, an earlier version + with slightly different semantics was introduced in 3.0.20. That older version is not documented here. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bb1e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum + allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX + ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned in a Windows ACL as "FULL CONTROL", is this parameter is set to false any + POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned as the specific Windows ACL bits representing read, write and + execute. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/cldapport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/cldapport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fcb2b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/cldapport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This option controls the port used by the CLDAP protocol. + + + +389 +3389 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcmaxprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcmaxprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..408af50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcmaxprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest + protocol level that will be supported for IPC$ connections as DCERPC transport. + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol. + + The value default refers to the latest + supported protocol, currently SMB3_11. + + See for a full list + of available protocols. The values CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, LANMAN2 + are silently upgraded to NT1. + + +client ipc min protocol +client min protocol +client max protocol + +default +SMB2_10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcminprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcminprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc04b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientipcminprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + This setting controls the minimum protocol version that the + will be attempted to use for IPC$ connections as DCERPC transport. + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol. + + The value default refers to the higher value + of NT1 and the effective value of + . + + See for a full list + of available protocols. The values CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, LANMAN2 + are silently upgraded to NT1. + + +client ipc max protocol +client min protocol +client max protocol +default +SMB3_11 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientmaxprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientmaxprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..784123e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientmaxprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest + protocol level that will be supported by the client. + + Possible values are : + + + CORE: Earliest version. No + concept of user names. + + + + COREPLUS: Slight improvements on + CORE for efficiency. + + + + LANMAN1: First modern + version of the protocol. Long filename support. + + + + LANMAN2: Updates to Lanman1 protocol. + + + + NT1: Current up to date version of the protocol. + Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS. + + + + SMB2: Re-implementation of the SMB protocol. + Used by Windows Vista and later versions of Windows. SMB2 has sub protocols available. + + + SMB2_02: The earliest SMB2 version. + + + SMB2_10: Windows 7 SMB2 version. + + + By default SMB2 selects the SMB2_10 variant. + + + + SMB3: The same as SMB2. + Used by Windows 8. SMB3 has sub protocols available. + + + SMB3_00: Windows 8 SMB3 version. + + + SMB3_02: Windows 8.1 SMB3 version. + + + SMB3_11: Windows 10 SMB3 version. + + + By default SMB3 selects the SMB3_11 variant. + + + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol. + + The value default refers to SMB3_11. + + IPC$ connections for DCERPC e.g. in winbindd, are handled by the + option. + + +server max protocol +client min protocol +client ipc min protocol +client ipc max protocol + +default +LANMAN1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientminprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientminprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1eb07ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientminprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + This setting controls the minimum protocol version that the + client will attempt to use. + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol unless you connect to a legacy SMB1-only server. + + See client max protocol for a full list + of available protocols. + + IPC$ connections for DCERPC e.g. in winbindd, are handled by the + option. + + Note that most command line tools support + --option='client min protocol=NT1', so it may not be required to + enable SMB1 protocols globally in smb.conf. + + +client max protocol +server min protocol +client ipc min protocol +client ipc max protocol + +SMB2_02 +NT1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d45f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for NTLMv2, NTLM and LanMan authentication outside NTLMSSP + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + client use spnego = yes + will be the enforced behaviour. + + This variable controls whether Samba clients will try + to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with + supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba + 3.0) to agree upon an authentication + mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular. + + When is also set to + yes extended security (SPNEGO) is required + in order to use NTLMv2 only within NTLMSSP. This behavior was + introduced with the patches for CVE-2016-2111. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dcerpcendpointservers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dcerpcendpointservers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6642b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dcerpcendpointservers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + Specifies which DCE/RPC endpoint servers should be run. + + +epmapper, wkssvc, samr, netlogon, lsarpc, drsuapi, dssetup, unixinfo, browser, eventlog6, backupkey, dnsserver +rpcecho + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..353dd9d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with + other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when + a file is opened by a different process using options that violate + the share settings specified by other processes. This parameter causes + smbd to act as a Windows server does, and defer returning a "sharing + violation" error message for up to one second, allowing the client + to close the file causing the violation in the meantime. + + + UNIX by default does not have this behaviour. + + + There should be no reason to turn off this parameter, as it is + designed to enable Samba to more correctly emulate Windows. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dgramport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dgramport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b68c81f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dgramport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + Specifies which ports the server should listen on for NetBIOS datagram traffic. + +This parameter is deprecated, as it is not honoured in the +majority of the code base. +138 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce39834 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support + in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in + all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. + + Clients that only support netbios won't be able to + see your samba server when netbios support is disabled. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dnsport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dnsport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20d39b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/dnsport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Specifies which ports the server should listen on for + DNS traffic. + + It makes possible to use another DNS server as a front + and forward to Samba. + + + Dynamic DNS updates may not be proxied by the front + DNS server when forwarding to Samba. Dynamic DNS update + proxying depends on the features of the other DNS server + used as a front. + + + +53 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/durablehandles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/durablehandles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4267b29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/durablehandles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls + whether Samba can grant SMB2 durable file handles on a share. + + + Note that durable handles are only enabled if + no, + no, and + no, + i.e. if the share is configured for CIFS/SMB2 only access, + not supporting interoperability features with local UNIX processes + or NFS operations. + + + Also note that, for the time being, durability is not granted + for a handle that has the delete on close flag set. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ff9d32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will allow clients to attempt to access extended + attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter on a setup with default VFS modules: + + + Samba must have been built with extended attributes support. + + The underlying filesystem exposed by the share must support extended + attributes (e.g. the getfattr1 / setfattr1 + utilities must work). + + Access to extended user attributes must be allowed by the underlying + filesystem (e.g. when mounted with a system-dependent option like user_xattr on Linux). + + + + This option exposes the "user" attribute namespace from the underlying filesystem to + clients. In order to match Windows conventions, the namespace prefix ("user.") is + stripped from the attribute name on the client side. The handling of further attribute + namespaces (like "security", "system", or "trusted") is not affected by this option. + + + Note that the SMB protocol allows setting attributes whose value is 64K bytes long, + and that on NTFS, the maximum storage space for extended attributes per file is 64K. + On most UNIX systems (Solaris and ZFS file system being the exception), the limits + are much lower - typically 4K. Worse, the same 4K space is often used to store + system metadata such as POSIX ACLs, or Samba's NT ACLs. Giving clients + access to this tight space via extended attribute support could consume all + of it by unsuspecting client applications, which would prevent changing + system metadata due to lack of space. + + The default has changed to yes in Samba release 4.9.0 and above to allow better Windows + fileserver compatibility in a default install. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f05b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product + require some special accommodations such as creating a builtin [ADMIN$] + share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default + behavior in smbd for many years. However, certain Microsoft applications + such as the Print Migrator tool require that the remote server support + an [ADMIN$] file share. Disabling this parameter allows for creating + an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d0b400 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This option defines a list of log names that Samba will + report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed + eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the + $(statedir)/eventlog. + + + + The administrator must use an external process to parse the normal + Unix logs such as /var/log/messages + and write then entries to the eventlog tdb files. Refer to the + eventlogadm(8) utility for how to write eventlog entries. + + + + +Security Application Syslog Apache + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7142d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not + smbd + 8 supports the new 64k + streaming read and write variant SMB requests introduced with + Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs + this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating + system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve + performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as + tested as some other Samba code paths. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/lsaovernetlogon.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/lsaovernetlogon.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d67be29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/lsaovernetlogon.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Setting this deprecated option will allow the RPC server + in the AD DC to answer the LSARPC interface on the + \pipe\netlogon IPC pipe. + + When enabled, this matches the behaviour of Microsoft's + Windows, due to their internal implementation choices. + + If it is disabled (the default), the AD DC can offer + improved performance, as the netlogon server is decoupled and + can run as multiple processes. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28271f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' + access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute + called user.SAMBA_PAI (POSIX ACL Inheritance). This parameter requires + supports for extended attributes on the filesystem and + allows the Windows ACL editor to store inheritance information while + NT ACLs are mapped best-effort to the POSIX ACLs. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab50001 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum number of + outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client + it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter. + + +50 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c340ad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This option tells nmbd + 8 what the default 'time to live' + of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when nmbd is + requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should + never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days. + +259200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7bd66c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum packet size + that will be negotiated by Samba's + smbd8 + for the SMB1 protocol. The default is 16644, which + matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. + You should never need to change this parameter from its default value. + + + +16644 +8192 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce0ea30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + +This option changes the behavior of smbd +8 when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming +SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will +be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such +call Samba will emulate in user space). This allows zero-copy writes directly from network +socket buffers into the filesystem buffer cache, if available. It may improve performance +but user testing is recommended. If set to zero Samba processes SMBwriteX calls in the +normal way. To enable POSIX large write support (SMB/CIFS writes up to 16Mb) this option must be +nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k. +Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection. +The default is zero, which disables this option. + + +min receivefile size +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b85d060 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + This option is used by the programs in the Samba + suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order + to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to + control how netbios name resolution is performed. The option takes a space + separated string of name resolution options. + + The options are: "lmhosts", "host", + "wins" and "bcast". They cause names to be + resolved as follows: + + + + + lmhosts : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has + no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the manpage for lmhosts for details) then + any name type matches for lookup. + + + + + + host : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system + /etc/hosts or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is + operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name + type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers). The latter case is only + useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching + _ldap._tcp.domain. + + + + + wins : Query a name with + the IP address listed in the + wins server parameter. If no WINS server has + been specified this method will be ignored. + + + + bcast : Do a broadcast on + each of the known local interfaces listed in the + parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution + methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally + connected subnet. + + + + The example below will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined + first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal + system hostname lookup. + + When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (security = ads) + it is advised to use following settings for name resolve order: + + name resolve order = wins bcast + + DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will + not inundate your DNS servers with needless queries for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups. + + + +lmhosts wins host bcast +lmhosts bcast host + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nbtport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nbtport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7070b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nbtport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + Specifies which port the server should use for NetBIOS over IP name + services traffic. + + +This parameter is deprecated, as it is not honoured in the +majority of the code base. +137 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b1f947 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will attempt to map + UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX + permissions considered are the traditional UNIX owner and + group permissions, as well as POSIX ACLs set on any files or + directories. This parameter was formally a global parameter in + releases prior to 2.2.2. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..907dee1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether + smbd + 8 will allow Windows NT + clients to connect to the NT SMB specific IPC$ + pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left + alone. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07d3462 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will negotiate NT specific status + support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. + If this option is set to no then Samba offers + exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3 + reported. + + You should not need to ever disable this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a467f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This is ignored if is set, + because this feature is incompatible with raw read SMB requests + + If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in + one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit for some very, very old clients. + + + However, some clients either negotiate the allowable + block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block + sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads. + +In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning + tool and left severely alone. + + +yes + +write raw +async smb echo handler + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcbigendian.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcbigendian.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f7c5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcbigendian.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + Setting this option will force the RPC client and server to + transfer data in big endian. + + If it is disabled, data will be transferred in little endian. + + The behaviour is independent of the endianness of the host machine. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcserverport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcserverport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fd87d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/rpcserverport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + Specifies which port the server should listen on for DCE/RPC over TCP/IP traffic. + This controls the default port for all protocols, except for NETLOGON. + If unset, the first available port from is used, e.g. 49152. + The NETLOGON server will use the next available port, e.g. 49153. To change this port use (eg) rpc server port:netlogon = 4000. + Furthermore, all RPC servers can have the port they use specified independenty, with (for example) rpc server port:drsuapi = 5000. + + This option applies currently only when + samba 8 + runs as an active directory domain controller. + + The default value 0 causes Samba to select the first available port from . + + +rpc server dynamic port range + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermaxprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermaxprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..815841d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermaxprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest + protocol level that will be supported by the server. + + Possible values are : + + + LANMAN1: First modern + version of the protocol. Long filename support. + + + + LANMAN2: Updates to Lanman1 protocol. + + + + NT1: Current up to date version of the protocol. + Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS. + + + + SMB2: Re-implementation of the SMB protocol. + Used by Windows Vista and later versions of Windows. SMB2 has sub protocols available. + + + SMB2_02: The earliest SMB2 version. + + + SMB2_10: Windows 7 SMB2 version. + + + By default SMB2 selects the SMB2_10 variant. + + + + SMB3: The same as SMB2. + Used by Windows 8. SMB3 has sub protocols available. + + + SMB3_00: Windows 8 SMB3 version. + + + SMB3_02: Windows 8.1 SMB3 version. + + + SMB3_11: Windows 10 SMB3 version. + + + By default SMB3 selects the SMB3_11 variant. + + + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol. + + +server min protocol +max protocol +protocol + +SMB3 +LANMAN1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/serverminprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/serverminprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1079eb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/serverminprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + +min protocol + + This setting controls the minimum protocol version that the server + will allow the client to use. + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic negotiation + phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing the appropriate + protocol unless you have legacy clients which are SMB1 capable only. + + See server max protocol for a full list + of available protocols. + + +server max protocol + +SMB2_02 +NT1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermultichannelsupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermultichannelsupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1056271 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/servermultichannelsupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether + smbd + 8 will support + SMB3 multi-channel. + + This parameter was added with version 4.4. + + Note that this feature was still considered experimental up to 4.14. + + + Due to dependencies to kernel APIs of Linux or FreeBSD, it's only possible + to use this feature on Linux and FreeBSD for now. For testing this restriction + can be overwritten by specifying force:server multi channel support=yes + in addition. + + + This option is enabled by default starting with to 4.15 (on Linux and FreeBSD). + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/sharefakefscaps.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/sharefakefscaps.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..11f4955 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/sharefakefscaps.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + + This is needed to support some special application that makes + QFSINFO calls to check whether we set the SPARSE_FILES bit + (0x40). If this bit is not set that particular application + refuses to work against + Samba. With 64 + the SPARSE_FILES file system capability flag is set. Use other + decimal values to specify the bitmask you need to fake. + + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb1unixextensions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb1unixextensions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1fcf6b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb1unixextensions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + +unix extensions + + This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + implements the SMB1/CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. + These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX SMB1/CIFS clients + by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc... + These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of + no current use to Windows clients. + + Note if this parameter is turned on, the + parameter will automatically be disabled. + + + See the parameter + if you wish to change this coupling between the two parameters. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_lock_sequence_checking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_lock_sequence_checking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a33b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_lock_sequence_checking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether + smbd + 8 will disable + lock sequence checking even for multi-channel connections + as well as durable handles. + + + The [MS-SMB2] specification (under 3.3.5.14 Receiving an SMB2 LOCK Request) + documents that a server should do lock sequence if Open.IsResilient or Open.IsDurable + or Open.IsPersistent is TRUE or if Connection.Dialect belongs to the SMB 3.x dialect + family and Connection.ServerCapabilities includes SMB2_GLOBAL_CAP_MULTI_CHANNEL. + + + But Windows Server (at least up to v2004) only does these checks + for the Open.IsResilient and Open.IsPersistent. + That means they do not implement the behavior specified + in [MS-SMB2]. + + By default Samba behaves according to the specification + and implements lock sequence checking when multi-channel is used. + + Warning: Only enable this option if existing clients can't + handle lock sequence checking for handles without Open.IsResilient and Open.IsPersistent. + And it turns out that the Windows Server behavior is required. + + Note: it's likely that this option will be removed again + if future Windows versions change their behavior. + + Note: Samba does not implement Open.IsResilient and Open.IsPersistent yet. + + +server multi channel support + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_oplock_break_retry.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_oplock_break_retry.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b67100 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2_disable_oplock_break_retry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether + smbd + 8 will trigger + smb2 oplock break notification retries when using + yes. + + + The [MS-SMB2] specification documents that a server should + send smb2 oplock break notification retries on all available channel + to the given client. + + But Windows Server versions (at least up to 2019) do not send + smb2 oplock break notification retries on channel failures. + That means they do not implement the behavior specified + in [MS-SMB2]. + + By default Samba behaves according to the specification + and send smb2 oplock break notification retries. + + Warning: Only enable this option if existing clients can't + handle possible retries and it turns out that the Windows Server + behavior is required. + + Note: it's likely that this option gets removed again + if future Windows versions change their behavior. + + Note: this only applies to oplocks and not SMB2 leases. + + +server multi channel support + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxcredits.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxcredits.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90bc622 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxcredits.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + +This option controls the maximum number of outstanding simultaneous SMB2 operations +that Samba tells the client it will allow. This is similar to the +parameter for SMB1. You should never need to set this parameter. + +The default is 8192 credits, which is the same as a Windows 2008R2 SMB2 server. + + +8192 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxread.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxread.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01f9583 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxread.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +This option specifies the protocol value that smbd +8 will return to a client, informing the client of the largest +size that may be returned by a single SMB2 read call. + +The maximum is 8388608 bytes (8MiB), which is the same as a Windows Server 2012 r2. +Please note that the default is 8MiB, but it's limit is based on the +smb2 dialect (64KiB for SMB == 2.0, 8MiB for SMB >= 2.1 with LargeMTU). +Large MTU is not supported over NBT (tcp port 139). + + +smb2 max write +smb2 max trans +8388608 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxtrans.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxtrans.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5586d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxtrans.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +This option specifies the protocol value that smbd +8 will return to a client, informing the client of the largest +size of buffer that may be used in querying file meta-data via QUERY_INFO and related SMB2 calls. + +The maximum is 8388608 bytes (8MiB), which is the same as a Windows Server 2012 r2. +Please note that the default is 8MiB, but it's limit is based on the +smb2 dialect (64KiB for SMB == 2.0, 1MiB for SMB >= 2.1 with LargeMTU). +Large MTU is not supported over NBT (tcp port 139). + + +smb2 max read +smb2 max write +8388608 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxwrite.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxwrite.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f895a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smb2maxwrite.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +This option specifies the protocol value that smbd +8 will return to a client, informing the client of the largest +size that may be sent to the server by a single SMB2 write call. + +The maximum is 8388608 bytes (8MiB), which is the same as a Windows Server 2012 r2. +Please note that the default is 8MiB, but it's limit is based on the +smb2 dialect (64KiB for SMB == 2.0, 8MiB for SMB => 2.1 with LargeMTU). +Large MTU is not supported over NBT (tcp port 139). + + +smb2 max read +smb2 max trans +8388608 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec1df65 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic. + + +445 139 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..826bf70 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd + will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 + ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to + utilize the MS Management Console plug-ins to manage a + Unix server running Samba. + + The administrator must create a directory + name svcctl in Samba's $(libdir) + and create symbolic links to the init scripts in + /etc/init.d/. The name of the links + must match the names given as part of the svcctl list. + + + + +cups postfix portmap httpd + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceefbd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This parameter determines if nmbd + 8 advertises itself as a time server to Windows +clients. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unicode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unicode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25810cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unicode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + Specifies whether the server and client should support unicode. + + If this option is set to false, the use of ASCII will be forced. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a3d11f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This is ignored if is set, + because this feature is incompatible with raw write SMB requests + + If enabled, raw writes allow writes of 65535 bytes in + one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit for some very, very old clients. + + + However, some clients either negotiate the allowable + block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block + sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw writes. + +In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning + tool and left severely alone. + + +yes + +read raw +async smb echo handler + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcserverdynamicportrange.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcserverdynamicportrange.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8d7268 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcserverdynamicportrange.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This parameter tells the RPC server which port range it is + allowed to use to create a listening socket for LSA, SAM, + Netlogon and others without wellknown tcp ports. + The first value is the lowest number of the port + range and the second the highest. + + + This applies to RPC servers in all server roles. + + + +rpc server port + +49152-65535 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcstartondemandhelpers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcstartondemandhelpers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f97381 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/rpc/rpcstartondemandhelpers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This global parameter determines if samba-dcerpcd + should be started on demand to service named pipe (np) DCE-RPC requests from + smbd or winbindd. This is the + normal case where no startup scripts have been modified to start + samba-dcerpcd as a daemon. + + + If samba-dcerpcd is started as a daemon + or via a system service manager such as systemd, this parameter + MUST be set to "no", otherwise samba-dcerpcd + will fail to start. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/accessbasedshareenum.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/accessbasedshareenum.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4557465 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/accessbasedshareenum.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + If this parameter is yes for a + service, then the share hosted by the service will only be visible + to users who have read or write access to the share during share + enumeration (for example net view \\sambaserver). The share ACLs + which allow or deny the access to the share can be modified using + for example the sharesec command + or using the appropriate Windows tools. This has + parallels to access based enumeration, the main difference being + that only share permissions are evaluated, and security + descriptors on files contained on the share are not used in + computing enumeration access rights. + + no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclflaginheritedcanonicalization.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclflaginheritedcanonicalization.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..676d5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclflaginheritedcanonicalization.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + This option controls the way Samba handles client requests setting + the Security Descriptor of files and directories and the effect the + operation has on the Security Descriptor flag "DACL + auto-inherited" (DI). Generally, this flag is set on a file (or + directory) upon creation if the parent directory has DI set and also has + inheritable ACEs. + + + On the other hand when a Security Descriptor is explicitly set on + a file, the DI flag is cleared, unless the flag "DACL Inheritance + Required" (DR) is also set in the new Security Descriptor (fwiw, DR is + never stored on disk). + + This is the default behaviour when this option is enabled (the + default). When setting this option to no, the + resulting value of the DI flag on-disk is directly taken from the DI + value of the to-be-set Security Descriptor. This can be used so dump + tools like rsync that copy data blobs from xattrs that represent ACLs + created by the acl_xattr VFS module will result in copies of the ACL + that are identical to the source. Without this option, the copied ACLs + would all loose the DI flag if set on the source. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eeec434 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions + and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the + primary group owner of a file or directory to modify the permissions and ACLs + on that file. + + + On a Windows server, groups may be the owner of a file or directory - thus allowing anyone in + that group to modify the permissions on it. This allows the delegation of security controls + on a point in the filesystem to the group owner of a directory and anything below it also owned + by that group. This means there are multiple people with permissions to modify ACLs on a file + or directory, easing manageability. + + + This parameter allows Samba to also permit delegation of the control over a point in the exported + directory hierarchy in much the same way as Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to + control the permissions on a file or directory they have group ownership on. + + + + This parameter is best used with the option and also + on a share containing directories with the UNIX setgid bit set + on them, which causes new files and directories created within it to inherit the group + ownership from the containing directory. + + + + This parameter was deprecated in Samba 3.0.23, but re-activated in + Samba 3.0.31 and above, as it now only controls permission changes if the user + is in the owning primary group. It is now no longer equivalent to the + dos filemode option. + + + + +inherit owner +inherit permissions + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e0f60c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This is a list of users who will be granted + administrative privileges on the share. This means that they + will do all file operations as the super-user (root). + + You should use this option very carefully, as any user in + this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, + irrespective of file permissions. + + + + +jason + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5eba3c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This determines how Samba will use its + algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct + NT Security Identifiers. + + + Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites + transitioning from WinNT and Win2k, as existing user and + group rids would otherwise clash with system users etc. + + + All UIDs and GIDs must be able to be resolved into SIDs for + the correct operation of ACLs on the server. As such the algorithmic + mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should + resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs + in arbitrary-rid supporting backends. + + + +1000 +100000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowdcerpcauthlevelconnect.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowdcerpcauthlevelconnect.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bccab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowdcerpcauthlevelconnect.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This option controls whether DCERPC services are allowed to + be used with DCERPC_AUTH_LEVEL_CONNECT, which provides authentication, + but no per message integrity nor privacy protection. + + Some interfaces like samr, lsarpc and netlogon have a hard-coded default of + no and epmapper, mgmt and rpcecho have a hard-coded default of + yes. + + + The behavior can be overwritten per interface name (e.g. lsarpc, netlogon, samr, srvsvc, + winreg, wkssvc ...) by using 'allow dcerpc auth level connect:interface = yes' as option. + + This option is over-ridden by the implementation specific restrictions. + E.g. the drsuapi and backupkey protocols require DCERPC_AUTH_LEVEL_PRIVACY. + The dnsserver protocol requires DCERPC_AUTH_LEVEL_INTEGRITY. + + + +no +yes + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3617210 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This option only takes effect when the option is set to + server, domain or ads. + If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from + a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running + in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server + doing the authentication. + + This is useful if you only want your Samba server to + serve resources to users in the domain it is a member of. As + an example, suppose that there are two domains DOMA and DOMB. DOMB + is trusted by DOMA, which contains the Samba server. Under normal + circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the + resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the + Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA. This + can make implementing a security boundary difficult. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/binddnsdir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/binddnsdir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a948cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/binddnsdir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + +bind dns directory + + + This parameters defines the directory samba will use to store the configuration + files for bind, such as named.conf. + + NOTE: The bind dns directory needs to be on the same mount point as the private + directory! + + + +&pathconfig.BINDDNS_DIR; + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18aa2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + The name of a program that can be used to check password + complexity. The password is sent to the program's standard input. + + The program must return 0 on a good password, or any other value + if the password is bad. + In case the password is considered weak (the program does not return 0) the + user will be notified and the password change will fail. + + In Samba AD, this script will be run AS ROOT by + samba 8 + without any substitutions. + + Note that starting with Samba 4.11 the following environment variables are exported to the script: + + + + SAMBA_CPS_ACCOUNT_NAME is always present and contains the sAMAccountName of user, + the is the same as the %u substitutions in the none AD DC case. + + + + SAMBA_CPS_USER_PRINCIPAL_NAME is optional in the AD DC case if the userPrincipalName is present. + + + + SAMBA_CPS_FULL_NAME is optional if the displayName is present. + + + + Note: In the example directory is a sample program called crackcheck + that uses cracklib to check the password quality. + + + +Disabled +/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientipcsigning.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientipcsigning.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efbf17a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientipcsigning.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing for IPC$ + connections as DCERPC transport. Possible values + are desired, required + and disabled. + + + When set to required or default, SMB signing is mandatory. + + When set to desired, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced and if set + to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. + + Connections from winbindd to Active Directory Domain Controllers + always enforce signing. + + +client signing + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60e1c86 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for LanMan (as distinct from NTLM, NTLMv2 or + Kerberos) authentication as a client + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + client NTLMv2 auth = yes + will be the enforced behaviour. + + This parameter determines whether or not smbclient + 8 and other samba client + tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the + weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT + password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000, Samba, etc... but not + Windows 95/98) will be able to be connected from the Samba client. + + The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to its + case-insensitive nature, and the choice of algorithm. Clients + without Windows 95/98 servers are advised to disable + this option. + + Disabling this option will also disable the client plaintext auth option. + + Likewise, if the client ntlmv2 + auth parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + attempted. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b47944 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for NTLM and LanMan (as distinct from NTLMv2 or + Kerberos authentication) + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + client NTLMv2 auth = yes + will be the enforced behaviour. + + This parameter determines whether or not smbclient + 8 will attempt to + authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password + response. + + If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more + secure than earlier versions) will be sent. Older servers + (including NT4 < SP4, Win9x and Samba 2.2) are not compatible with + NTLMv2 when not in an NTLMv2 supporting domain + + Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1, client lanman auth and client plaintext auth + authentication will be disabled. This also disables share-level + authentication. + + If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response) + will be sent by the client, depending on the value of client lanman auth. + + Note that Windows Vista and later versions already use + NTLMv2 by default, and some sites (particularly those following + 'best practice' security polices) only allow NTLMv2 responses, and + not the weaker LM or NTLM. + + When is also set to + yes extended security (SPNEGO) is required + in order to use NTLMv2 only within NTLMSSP. This behavior was + introduced with the patches for CVE-2016-2111. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a51c33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for plaintext (as distinct from NTLM, NTLMv2 or + Kerberos authentication) + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + client plaintext auth = no + will be the enforced behaviour. + + Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext + password if the server does not support encrypted passwords. + +no + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientprotection.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientprotection.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..347b004 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientprotection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + This parameter defines which protection Samba client + tools should use by default. + + + Possible client settings are: + + + + default - Use the individual + default values of the options: + + client signing + client smb encrypt + + + + + + + plain - This will send + everything just as plaintext, signing or + encryption are turned off. + + + + + + sign - This will enable + integrity checking. + + + + + + encrypt - This will enable + integrity checks and force encryption for + privacy. + + + + + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d124ad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + This option is deprecated with Samba 4.8 and will be removed in future. + At the same time the default changed to yes, which will be the + hardcoded behavior in future. + + + + This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. + no does not offer the schannel, + auto offers the schannel but does not + enforce it, and yes denies access + if the server is not able to speak netlogon schannel. + + + Note that for active directory domains this is hardcoded to + yes. + + This option is over-ridden by the option. + +yes +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd92818 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values + are desired, required + and disabled. + + + When set to desired or default, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced. + + When set to required, SMB signing is mandatory and if set + to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. + + IPC$ connections for DCERPC e.g. in winbindd, are handled by the + option. + + +client ipc signing + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencrypt.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05df152 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether a client should try or is required + to use SMB encryption. It has different effects depending on whether + the connection uses SMB1 or SMB3: + + + + + + If the connection uses SMB1, then this option controls the use + of a Samba-specific extension to the SMB protocol introduced in + Samba 3.2 that makes use of the Unix extensions. + + + + + + If the connection uses SMB2 or newer, then this option controls + the use of the SMB-level encryption that is supported in SMB + version 3.0 and above and available in Windows 8 and newer. + + + + + + This parameter can be set globally. Possible values are + + off, + if_required, + desired, + and + required. + A special value is default which is + the implicit default setting of if_required. + + + + + Effects for SMB1 + + + The Samba-specific encryption of SMB1 connections is an + extension to the SMB protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX + extensions. SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) + ability to encrypt and sign every request/response in a SMB + protocol stream. When enabled it provides a secure method of + SMB/CIFS communication, similar to an ssh protected session, but + using SMB/CIFS authentication to negotiate encryption and + signing keys. Currently this is only supported smbclient of by + Samba 3.2 and newer. Windows does not support this feature. + + + + When set to default, SMB encryption is probed, but not + enforced. When set to required, SMB encryption is required and + if set to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated. + + + + + + Effects for SMB3 and newer + + + Native SMB transport encryption is available in SMB version 3.0 + or newer. It is only used by Samba if + client max protocol is set to + SMB3 or newer. + + + + These features can be controlled with settings of + client smb encrypt as follows: + + + + + + Leaving it as default, explicitly setting + default, or setting it to + if_required globally will enable + negotiation of encryption but will not turn on + data encryption globally. + + + + + + Setting it to desired globally + will enable negotiation and will turn on data encryption + on sessions and share connections for those servers + that support it. + + + + + + Setting it to required globally + will enable negotiation and turn on data encryption + on sessions and share connections. Clients that do + not support encryption will be denied access to the + server. + + + + + + Setting it to off globally will + completely disable the encryption feature for all + connections. + + + + + + + + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencryptionalgos.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencryptionalgos.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78df3f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbencryptionalgos.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the availability and order of + encryption algorithms which are available for negotiation in the SMB3_11 dialect. + + It is also possible to remove individual algorithms from the default list, + by prefixing them with '-'. This can avoid having to specify a hardcoded list. + + Note: that the removal of AES-128-CCM from the list will result + in SMB3_00 and SMB3_02 being unavailable, as it is the default and only + available algorithm for these dialects. + + + +AES-128-GCM, AES-128-CCM, AES-256-GCM, AES-256-CCM +AES-256-GCM +-AES-128-GCM -AES-128-CCM + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbsigningalgos.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbsigningalgos.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7c61f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsmbsigningalgos.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the availability and order of + signing algorithms which are available for negotiation in the SMB3_11 dialect. + + It is also possible to remove individual algorithms from the default list, + by prefixing them with '-'. This can avoid having to specify a hardcoded list. + + Note: that the removal of AES-128-CMAC from the list will result + in SMB3_00 and SMB3_02 being unavailable, and the removal of HMAC-SHA256 + will result in SMB2_02 and SMB2_10 being unavailable, as these are the default and only + available algorithms for these dialects. + + + +AES-128-GMAC, AES-128-CMAC, HMAC-SHA256 +AES-128-CMAC, HMAC-SHA256 +-AES-128-CMAC + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusekerberos.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusekerberos.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad35dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusekerberos.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + This parameter determines whether Samba client tools will try + to authenticate using Kerberos. For Kerberos authentication you + need to use dns names instead of IP addresses when connecting + to a service. + + + Possible option settings are: + + + + desired - Kerberos + authentication will be tried first and if it fails it + automatically fallback to NTLM. + + + + + + required - Kerberos + authentication will be required. There will be no + falllback to NTLM or a different alternative. + + + + + + off - Don't use + Kerberos, use NTLM instead or another + alternative. + + + + + + In case that weak cryptography is not allowed (e.g. FIPS mode) + the default will be forced to required. + + + +desired + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusepsnegoprincipal.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusepsnegoprincipal.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e9edd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientusepsnegoprincipal.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not + smbclient + 8 and other samba components + acting as a client will attempt to use the server-supplied + principal sometimes given in the SPNEGO exchange. + + If enabled, Samba can attempt to use Kerberos to contact + servers known only by IP address. Kerberos relies on names, so + ordinarily cannot function in this situation. + + This is a VERY BAD IDEA for security reasons, and so this + parameter SHOULD NOT BE USED. It will be removed in a future + version of Samba. + + If disabled, Samba will use the name used to look up the + server when asking the KDC for a ticket. This avoids situations + where a server may impersonate another, soliciting authentication + as one principal while being known on the network as another. + + + Note that Windows XP SP2 and later versions already follow + this behaviour, and Windows Vista and later servers no longer + supply this 'rfc4178 hint' principal on the server side. + + This parameter is deprecated in Samba 4.2.1 and will be removed + (along with the functionality) in a later release of Samba. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06ee896 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + +create mode + + + When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to + UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may + be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit not set here will + be removed from the modes set on a file when it is created. + + + + The default value of this parameter removes the group and other + write and execute bits from the UNIX modes. + + + + Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the + parameter which is set to 000 by default. + + + + This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter + for details. + + + +force create mode +directory mode +inherit permissions + +0744 +0775 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/debugencryption.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/debugencryption.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b51b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/debugencryption.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This option will make the smbd server and client code using + libsmb (smbclient, smbget, smbspool, ...) dump the Session Id, + the decrypted Session Key, the Signing Key, the Application Key, + the Encryption Key and the Decryption Key every time an SMB3+ + session is established. This information will be printed in logs + at level 0. + + + Warning: access to these values enables the decryption of any + encrypted traffic on the dumped sessions. This option should + only be enabled for debugging purposes. + + + + no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/dedicatedkeytabfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/dedicatedkeytabfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7c2680 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/dedicatedkeytabfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + Specifies the absolute path to the kerberos keytab file when + is set to "dedicated + keytab". + + +kerberos method + +/usr/local/etc/krb5.keytab + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..890092a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + +directory mode + + This parameter is the octal modes which are + used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX + directories. + + When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are + calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, + and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this + parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for + the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit not set + here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is + created. + + The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' + and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the + user who owns the directory to modify it. + + Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode + created from this parameter with the value of the parameter. + This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added). + + +force directory mode +create mask +inherit permissions +0755 +0775 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f02e4ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + + This parameter has been removed for Samba 4.0.0. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fdfa89 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.11 and + support for plaintext (as distinct from NTLM, NTLMv2 + or Kerberos authentication) + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + encrypt passwords = yes + will be the enforced behaviour. + This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords + will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and + above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords + unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in + Samba see the chapter "User Database" in the Samba HOWTO Collection. + + + + MS Windows clients that expect Microsoft encrypted passwords and that + do not have plain text password support enabled will be able to + connect only to a Samba server that has encrypted password support + enabled and for which the user accounts have a valid encrypted password. + Refer to the smbpasswd command man page for information regarding the + creation of encrypted passwords for user accounts. + + + + The use of plain text passwords is NOT advised as support for this feature + is no longer maintained in Microsoft Windows products. If you want to use + plain text passwords you must set this parameter to no. + + + In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly + smbd + 8 must either + have access to a local smbpasswd + 5 file (see the smbpasswd + 8 program for information on how to set up + and maintain this file), or set the [domain|ads] parameter which + causes smbd to authenticate against another + server. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79e6e63 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + permissions that will always be set on a + file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto + the mode bits of a file that is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octal) + 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file + mode after the mask set in the create mask + parameter is applied. + + The example below would force all newly created files to have read and execute + permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the + read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'. + + + +create mask +inherit permissions + +0000 +0755 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa8375a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + permissions that will always be set on a directory + created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the + mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this + parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission + bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode + mask in the parameter directory mask is + applied. + + The example below would force all created directories to have read and execute + permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the + read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'. + + +0000 +0755 + +directory mask +inherit permissions + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbd8e16 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + This parameter has been removed for Samba 4.0.0. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..646f550 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + +group + + This specifies a UNIX group name that will be + assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting + to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring + that all access to files on service will use the named group for + their permissions checking. Thus, by assigning permissions for this + group to the files and directories within this service the Samba + administrator can restrict or allow sharing of these files. + + In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter has extended + functionality in the following way. If the group name listed here + has a '+' character prepended to it then the current user accessing + the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group + if they are already assigned as a member of that group. This allows + an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a + particular group will create files with group ownership set to that + group. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment. For + example, the setting force group = +sys means + that only users who are already in group sys will have their default + primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All + other users will retain their ordinary primary group. + + + If the parameter is also set the group specified in + force group will override the primary group + set in force user. + + + +force user + + +agroup + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a9479e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + This parameter has been removed for Samba 4.0.0. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5aec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or + representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently + mapped into the current UNIX uid or gid of the currently connected user. + + + + This is designed to allow Windows NT clients to copy files and folders containing ACLs that were + created locally on the client machine and contain users local to that machine only (no domain + users) to be copied to a Samba server (usually with XCOPY /O) and have the unknown userid and + groupid of the file owner map to the current connected user. This can only be fixed correctly + when winbindd allows arbitrary mapping from any Windows NT SID to a UNIX uid or gid. + + + + Try using this parameter when XCOPY /O gives an ACCESS_DENIED error. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3010a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This specifies a UNIX user name that will be + assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. + This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully + as using it incorrectly can cause security problems. + + This user name only gets used once a connection is established. + Thus clients still need to connect as a valid user and supply a + valid password. Once connected, all file operations will be performed + as the "forced user", no matter what username the client connected + as. This can be very useful. + + In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the + primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group + for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left + as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug). + + + +force group + +auser + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2914630 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This is a username which will be used for access + to services which are specified as (see below). Whatever privileges this + user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. + This user must exist in the password file, but does not require + a valid login. The user account "ftp" is often a good choice + for this parameter. + + + On some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not + be able to print. Use another account in this case. You should test + this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the + su - command) and trying to print using the + system print command such as lpr(1) or + lp(1). + + This parameter does not accept % macros, because + many parts of the system require this value to be + constant for correct operation. + +nobodydefault can be changed at compile-time +ftp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..390f1c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +public + + If this parameter is yes for + a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. + Privileges will be those of the . + + This parameter nullifies the benefits of setting + 2 + + + See the section below on for more information about this option. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5660162 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +only guest + + If this parameter is yes for + a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. + This parameter will have no effect if is not set for the service. + + See the section below on for more information about this option. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b4b622 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + +allow hosts + + A synonym for this parameter is . + + This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited + set of hosts which are permitted to access a service. + + If specified in the [global] section then it will + apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual + service has a different setting. + + You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For + example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a + Class C subnet with something like allow hosts = 150.203.5.. + The full syntax of the list is described in the man + page hosts_access(5). Note that this man + page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will + be given here also. + + Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always + be allowed access unless specifically denied by a option. + + You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and + by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The + EXCEPT keyword can also be used to limit a + wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help: + +Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one + + hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66 + + Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask + + hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0 + + Example 3: allow a couple of hosts + + hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur + + Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but + deny access from one particular host + + hosts allow = @foonet + + hosts deny = pirate + + Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords. + + See testparm + 1 for a way of testing your host access + to see if it does what you expect. + + + + +150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au +none (i.e., all hosts permitted access) + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd2f8de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + +deny hosts + + The opposite of hosts allow + - hosts listed here are NOT permitted access to + services unless the specific services have their own lists to override + this one. Where the lists conflict, the allow + list takes precedence. + + + In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword + ALL (or the netmask 0.0.0.0/0) and then explicitly specify + to the hosts allow parameter those hosts + that should be permitted access. + + + +none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded) + +150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c6caef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls + exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a + new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default + behavior is to use the unix mode specified when creating the directory. + Enabling this option sets the unix mode to 0777, thus guaranteeing that + default directory acls are propagated. + + Note that using the VFS modules acl_xattr or acl_tdb which store native + Windows as meta-data will automatically turn this option on for any + share for which they are loaded, as they require this option to emulate + Windows ACLs correctly. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a7a4b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + The ownership of new files and directories + is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. + This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that + the ownership for new files and directories should be controlled + by the ownership of the parent directory. + + Valid options are: + + no - + Both the Windows (SID) owner and the UNIX (uid) owner of the file are + governed by the identity of the user that created the file. + + + windows and unix - + The Windows (SID) owner and the UNIX (uid) owner of new files and + directories are set to the respective owner of the parent directory. + + + yes - a synonym for + windows and unix. + + + unix only - + Only the UNIX owner is set to the UNIX owner of the parent directory. + + + + Common scenarios where this behavior is useful is in + implementing drop-boxes, where users can create and edit files but + not delete them and ensuring that newly created files in a user's + roaming profile directory are actually owned by the user. + + The unix only option effectively + breaks the tie between the Windows owner of a file and the + UNIX owner. As a logical consequence, in this mode, + setting the the Windows owner of a file does not modify the UNIX + owner. Using this mode should typically be combined with a + backing store that can emulate the full NT ACL model without + affecting the POSIX permissions, such as the acl_xattr + VFS module, coupled with + yes. + This can be used to emulate folder quotas, when files are + exposed only via SMB (without UNIX extensions). + The UNIX owner of a directory is locally set + and inherited by all subdirectories and files, and they all + consume the same quota. + + +inherit permissions + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dda734 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by , + , and but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. + + + New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory, + including bits such as setgid. + + + New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be + determined by , and as usual. + + + Note that the setuid bit is never set via + inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this). + + This can be particularly useful on large systems with + many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes] + share to be used flexibly by each user. + + +create mask +directory mask +force create mode +force directory mode + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2fb2b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + This is a list of users that should not be allowed + to login to this service. This is really a paranoid + check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach + your security. + + A name starting with a '@' is interpreted as an NIS + netgroup first (if your system supports NIS), and then as a UNIX + group if the name was not found in the NIS netgroup database. + + A name starting with '+' is interpreted only + by looking in the UNIX group database via the NSS getgrnam() interface. A name starting with + '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database + (this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters + '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order + so the value +&group means check the + UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and + the value &+group means check the NIS + netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the + same as the '@' prefix). + + The current servicename is substituted for %S. + This is useful in the [homes] section. + + +valid users + +no invalid users +root fred admin @wheel + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcdefaultdomainsupportedenctypes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcdefaultdomainsupportedenctypes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9846111 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcdefaultdomainsupportedenctypes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Set the default value of msDS-SupportedEncryptionTypes for service accounts in Active Directory that are missing this value or where msDS-SupportedEncryptionTypes is set to 0. + + + + This allows Samba administrators to match the configuration flexibility provided by the + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\services\KDC\DefaultDomainSupportedEncTypes Registry Value on Windows. + + + Unlike the Windows registry key (which only takes an base-10 number), in Samba this may also be expressed in hexadecimal or as a list of Kerberos encryption type names. + + + Specified values are ORed together bitwise, and those currently supported consist of: + + + arcfour-hmac-md5, rc4-hmac, 0x4, or 4 + Known on Windows as Kerberos RC4 encryption + + + aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96, aes128-cts, 0x8, or 8 + Known on Windows as Kerberos AES 128 bit encryption + + + aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96, aes256-cts, 0x10, or 16 + Known on Windows as Kerberos AES 256 bit encryption + + + aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96-sk, aes256-cts-sk, 0x20, or 32 + Allow AES session keys. When this is set, it indicates to the KDC that AES session keys can be used, even when aes256-cts and aes128-cts are not set. This allows use of AES keys against hosts otherwise only configured with RC4 for ticket keys (which is the default). + + + + + +0maps to what the software supports currently: arcfour-hmac-md5 aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96-sk + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcenablefast.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcenablefast.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e47ca3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcenablefast.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + With the Samba 4.16 the embedded Heimdal KDC brings + support for RFC6113 FAST, which wasn't available in + older Samba versions. + + This option is mostly for testing and currently only applies + if the embedded Heimdal KDC is used. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcforceenablerc4weaksessionkeys.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcforceenablerc4weaksessionkeys.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cb46d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcforceenablerc4weaksessionkeys.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + RFC8429 declares that + rc4-hmac Kerberos ciphers are weak and + there are known attacks on Active Directory use of this + cipher suite. + + + However for compatibility with Microsoft Windows this option + allows the KDC to assume that regardless of the value set in + a service account's + msDS-SupportedEncryptionTypes attribute + that a rc4-hmac Kerberos session key (as distinct from the ticket key, as + found in a service keytab) can be used if the potentially + older client requests it. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcsupportedenctypes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcsupportedenctypes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e028bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kdcsupportedenctypes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + On an active directory domain controller, this is the list of supported encryption types for local running kdc. + + + + This allows Samba administrators to remove support for weak/unused encryption types, similar + the configuration flexibility provided by the Network security: Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos + GPO/Local Policies/Security Options Value, which results in the + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System\Kerberos\Parameters\SupportedEncryptionTypes Registry Value on Windows. + + + Unlike the Windows registry key (which only takes an base-10 number), in Samba this may also be expressed as hexadecimal or a list of Kerberos encryption type names. + + + Specified values are ORed together bitwise, and those currently supported consist of: + + + arcfour-hmac-md5, rc4-hmac, 0x4, or 4 + Known on Windows as Kerberos RC4 encryption + + + aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96, aes128-cts, 0x8, or 8 + Known on Windows as Kerberos AES 128 bit encryption + + + aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96, aes256-cts, 0x10, or 16 + Known on Windows as Kerberos AES 256 bit encryption + + + + + +0maps to what the software supports currently: arcfour-hmac-md5 aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96 aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosencryptiontypes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosencryptiontypes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a245af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosencryptiontypes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + This parameter determines the encryption types to use when operating + as a Kerberos client. Possible values are all, + strong, and legacy. + + + Samba uses a Kerberos library (MIT or Heimdal) to obtain Kerberos + tickets. This library is normally configured outside of Samba, using + the krb5.conf file. This file may also include directives to configure + the encryption types to be used. However, Samba implements Active Directory + protocols and algorithms to locate a domain controller. In order to + force the Kerberos library into using the correct domain controller, + some Samba processes, such as + winbindd + 8 and + net + 8, build a private krb5.conf + file for use by the Kerberos library while being invoked from Samba. + This private file controls all aspects of the Kerberos library operation, + and this parameter controls how the encryption types are configured + within this generated file, and therefore also controls the encryption + types negotiable by Samba. + + + When set to all, all active directory + encryption types are allowed. + + + When set to strong, only AES-based encryption + types are offered. This can be used in hardened environments to prevent + downgrade attacks. + + + When set to legacy, only RC4-HMAC-MD5 + is allowed. AVOID using this option, because of + CVE-2022-37966 see + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15237. + + + +all + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosmethod.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosmethod.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7cd988 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kerberosmethod.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Controls how kerberos tickets are verified. + + + Valid options are: + + secrets only - use only the secrets.tdb for + ticket verification (default) + + system keytab - use only the system keytab + for ticket verification + + dedicated keytab - use a dedicated keytab + for ticket verification + + secrets and keytab - use the secrets.tdb + first, then the system keytab + + + + The major difference between "system keytab" and "dedicated + keytab" is that the latter method relies on kerberos to find the + correct keytab entry instead of filtering based on expected + principals. + + + + When the kerberos method is in "dedicated keytab" mode, + must be set to + specify the location of the keytab file. + + +dedicated keytab file +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kpasswdport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kpasswdport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71cd337 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/kpasswdport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + Specifies which ports the Kerberos server should listen on for + password changes. + + +464 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/krb5port.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/krb5port.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06c7988 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/krb5port.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + Specifies which port the KDC should listen on for Kerberos traffic. + + +88 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..045e89d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.11 and + support for LanMan (as distinct from NTLM, NTLMv2 or + Kerberos authentication) + will be removed in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + lanman auth = no + will be the enforced behaviour. + + This parameter determines whether or not smbd + 8 will attempt to + authenticate users or permit password changes + using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT + password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000 clients, smbclient, but not + Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to + connect to the Samba host. + + The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to its + case-insensitive nature, and the choice of algorithm. Servers + without Windows 95/98/ME or MS DOS clients are advised to disable + this option. + + When this parameter is set to no this + will also result in sambaLMPassword in Samba's passdb being + blanked after the next password change. As a result of that + lanman clients won't be able to authenticate, even if lanman + auth is re-enabled later on. + + + Unlike the encrypt + passwords option, this parameter cannot alter client + behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the + network. See the client lanman + auth to disable this for Samba's clients (such as smbclient) + + This parameter is overridden by ntlm + auth, so unless that it is also set to + ntlmv1-permitted or yes, + then only NTLMv2 logins will be permitted and no LM hash will be + stored. All modern clients support NTLMv2, and but some older + clients require special configuration to use it. + + This parameter has no impact on the Samba AD DC, + LM authentication is always disabled and no LM password is ever + stored. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lognttokencommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lognttokencommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ea269e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lognttokencommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This option can be set to a command that will be called when new nt + tokens are created. + + This is only useful for development purposes. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c98086a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + This parameter can take four different values, which tell + smbd + 8 what to do with user + login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way. + + The four settings are : + + + + Never - Means user login + requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the + default. + + + + Bad User - Means user + logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username + does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and + mapped into the . + + + + Bad Password - Means user logins + with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped + into the . Note that + this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing + their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and + will not know the reason they cannot access files they think + they should - there will have been no message given to them + that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will + hate you if you set the map to + guest parameter this way :-). + + + Bad Uid - Is only applicable when Samba is configured + in some type of domain mode security (security = {domain|ads}) and means that + user logins which are successfully authenticated but which have no valid Unix + user account (and smbd is unable to create one) should be mapped to the defined + guest account. This was the default behavior of Samba 2.x releases. Note that + if a member server is running winbindd, this option should never be required + because the nss_winbind library will export the Windows domain users and groups + to the underlying OS via the Name Service Switch interface. + + + + Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest" + share services. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server + cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection + to the share) for "Guest" shares. + + +Never +Bad User + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mindomainuid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mindomainuid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46ae795 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mindomainuid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + The integer parameter specifies the minimum uid allowed when mapping a + local account to a domain account. + + + + Note that this option interacts with the configured idmap ranges! + + + +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mitkdccommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mitkdccommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..602f27d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/mitkdccommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This option specifies the path to the MIT kdc binary. + + If the KDC is not installed in the default location and wasn't + correctly detected during build then you should modify this variable and + point it to the correct binary. + + +&pathconfig.MITKDCPATH; +/opt/mit/sbin/krb5kdc + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nt_hash_store.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nt_hash_store.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ed705 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nt_hash_store.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not samba + 8 will, as an AD DC, attempt to + store the NT password hash used in NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication for + users in this domain. + + If so configured, the Samba Active Directory Domain Controller, + will, except for trust accounts (computers, domain + controllers and inter-domain trusts) the + NOT store the NT hash + for new and changed accounts in the sam.ldb database. + + This avoids the storage of an unsalted hash for these + user-created passwords. As a consequence the + arcfour-hmac-md5 Kerberos key type is + also unavailable in the KDC for these users - thankfully + modern clients will select an AES based key + instead. + + NOTE: As the password history in Active Directory is + stored as an NT hash (and thus unavailable), a workaround is + used, relying instead on Kerberos password hash values. + This stores three passwords, the current, previous and second previous + password. This allows some checking against reuse. + + However as these values are salted, changing the + sAMAccountName, userAccountControl or userPrincipalName of + an account will cause the salt to change. After the rare + combination of both a rename and a password change only the + current password will be recognised for password history + purposes. + + The available settings are: + + + + always - Always store the NT hash + (as machine accounts will also always store an NT hash, + a hash will be stored for all accounts). + + This setting may be useful if ntlm auth is set to disabled + for a trial period + + + + + never - Never store the NT hash + for user accounts, only for machine accounts + + + + auto - Store an NT hash if ntlm auth is not set to disabled. + + + + + + + + +ntlm auth +always + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7c84cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not smbd + 8 will attempt to + authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response for + this local passdb (SAM or account database). + + If disabled, both NTLM and LanMan authentication against the + local passdb is disabled. + + Note that these settings apply only to local users, + authentication will still be forwarded to and NTLM authentication + accepted against any domain we are joined to, and any trusted + domain, even if disabled or if NTLMv2-only is enforced here. To + control NTLM authentiation for domain users, this must option must + be configured on each DC. + + By default with ntlm auth set to + ntlmv2-only only NTLMv2 logins will be + permitted. All modern clients support NTLMv2 by default, but some older + clients will require special configuration to use it. + + The primary user of NTLMv1 is MSCHAPv2 for VPNs and 802.1x. + + The available settings are: + + + + ntlmv1-permitted + (alias yes) - Allow NTLMv1 and above for all clients. + + This is the required setting for to enable the lanman auth parameter. + + + + + ntlmv2-only + (alias no) - Do not allow NTLMv1 to be used, + but permit NTLMv2. + + + + mschapv2-and-ntlmv2-only - Only + allow NTLMv1 when the client promises that it is providing + MSCHAPv2 authentication (such as the ntlm_auth tool). + + + + disabled - Do not accept NTLM (or + LanMan) authentication of any level, nor permit + NTLM password changes. + + WARNING: Both Microsoft Windows + and Samba Read Only Domain Controllers + (RODCs) convert a plain-text LDAP Simple Bind into an NTLMv2 + authentication to forward to a full DC. Setting this option + to disabled will cause these forwarded + authentications to fail. + + Additionally, for Samba acting as an Active Directory + Domain Controller, for user accounts, if nt hash store + is set to the default setting of auto, + the NT hash will not be stored + in the sam.ldb database for new users and after a + password change. + + + + + + The default changed from yes to + no with Samba 4.5. The default changed again + to ntlmv2-only with Samba 4.7, however the + behaviour is unchanged. + + +nt hash store +lanman auth +raw NTLMv2 auth +ntlmv2-only + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntpsigndsocketdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntpsigndsocketdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18d70cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntpsigndsocketdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This setting controls the location of the socket that + the NTP daemon uses to communicate with Samba for + signing packets. + + If a non-default path is specified here, then it is also necessary + to make NTP aware of the new path using the ntpsigndsocket + directive in ntp.conf. + + +&pathconfig.NTP_SIGND_SOCKET_DIR; + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49533f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. + + See also smbpasswd + 5. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92708ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support + (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba + should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The + default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only + and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba + always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of yes. The reason + is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response + authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/oldpasswordallowedperiod.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/oldpasswordallowedperiod.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78d6ff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/oldpasswordallowedperiod.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Number of minutes to permit an NTLM login after a password change or reset using the old password. This allows the user to re-cache the new password on multiple clients without disrupting a network reconnection in the meantime. + + This parameter only applies when is set to Active Directory Domain Controller. + + +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92ab4ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, + this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control + flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password + changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in + . + It should be possible to enable this without changing your + parameter for most setups. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8265b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + This option allows the administrator to chose which backend + will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows + you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. + + The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' + string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated + by a : character. + + Available backends can include: + + + smbpasswd - The old plaintext passdb + backend. Some Samba features will not work if this passdb + backend is used. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an + optional argument. + + + + + tdbsam - The TDB based password storage + backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb + in the directory. + + + + ldapsam - The LDAP based passdb + backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to + ldap://localhost) + + LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either + Start-TLS (see ) or by + specifying ldaps:// in + the URL argument. + + Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes. + Whether multiple servers are supported or not and the exact + syntax depends on the LDAP library you use. + + + + + + + Examples of use are: + +passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb + +or multi server LDAP URL with OpenLDAP library: + +passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap://ldap-2.example.com" + +or multi server LDAP URL with Netscape based LDAP library: + +passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap-2.example.com" + + + +tdbsam + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41c8ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We + used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable + %G_osver% in which %G would have been substituted by the user's primary group. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a04fc62 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + This string controls the "chat" + conversation that takes places between smbd + 8 and the local password changing + program to change the user's password. The string describes a + sequence of response-receive pairs that smbd + 8 uses to determine what to send to the + and what to expect back. If the expected output is not + received then the password is not changed. + + This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending + on what local methods are used for password control. + + Note that this parameter only is used if the parameter is set to yes. This sequence is + then called AS ROOT when the SMB password in the + smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password + cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without + knowing the text of the previous password. + + + The string can contain the macro %n which is substituted + for the new password. The old password (%o) is only available when + has been disabled. + The chat sequence can also contain the standard macros + \n, \r, \t and \s to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab + and space. The chat sequence string can also contain + a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can + be used to collect strings with spaces in them into a single + string. + + If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full + stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the + expect string is a full stop then no string is expected. + + If the parameter is set to yes, the + chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular + output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. + + + + +unix password sync +passwd program +passwd chat debug +pam password change + +*new*password* %n\n *new*password* %n\n *changed* +"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*" + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c3481e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script + parameter is run in debug mode. In this mode the + strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed + in the smbd + 8 log with a + + of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords + to be seen in the smbd log. It is available to help + Samba admins debug their passwd chat scripts + when calling the passwd program and should + be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the + + parameter is set. This parameter is off by default. + + +passwd chat +pam password change +passwd program + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74e8688 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial + answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received + the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it + two seconds. + + +2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e12cc8e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + The name of a program that can be used to set + UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of %u + will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for + existence before calling the password changing program. + + Also note that many passwd programs insist in reasonable + passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion + of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients + (such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending + it. + + Note that if the unix + password sync parameter is set to yes + then this program is called AS ROOT + before the SMB password in the smbpasswd + file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then + smbd will fail to change the SMB password also + (this is by design). + + If the unix password sync parameter + is set this parameter MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS + for ALL programs called, and must be examined + for security implications. Note that by default unix + password sync is set to no. + + + unix password symc + + +/bin/passwd %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashgpgkeyids.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashgpgkeyids.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e53cdbe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashgpgkeyids.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + If samba is running as an + active directory domain controller, it is possible to store the + cleartext password of accounts in a PGP/OpenGPG encrypted form. + + You can specify one or more recipients by key id or user id. + Note that 32bit key ids are not allowed, specify at least 64bit. + + The value is stored as 'Primary:SambaGPG' in the + supplementalCredentials attribute. + + As password changes can occur on any domain controller, + you should configure this on each of them. Note that this feature is currently + available only on Samba domain controllers. + + This option is only available if samba + was compiled with gpgme support. + + You may need to export the GNUPGHOME + environment variable before starting samba. + It is strongly recommended to only store the public key in this + location. The private key is not used for encryption and should be + only stored where decryption is required. + + Being able to restore the cleartext password helps, when they need to be imported + into other authentication systems later (see samba-tool user getpassword) + or you want to keep the passwords in sync with another system, e.g. an OpenLDAP server + (see samba-tool user syncpasswords). + + While this option needs to be configured on all domain controllers, the + samba-tool user syncpasswords command should + run on a single domain controller only (typically the PDC-emulator). + + +unix password sync + + +4952E40301FAB41A +selftest@samba.example.com +selftest@samba.example.com, 4952E40301FAB41A + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashuserpasswordschemes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashuserpasswordschemes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18a43f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordhashuserpasswordschemes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + +This parameter determines whether or not +samba +8 acting as an Active +Directory Domain Controller will attempt to store additional +passwords hash types for the user + +The values are stored as 'Primary:userPassword' in the +supplementalCredentials +attribute. The value of this option is a hash type. + +The currently supported hash types are: + + + CryptSHA256 + + + CryptSHA512 + + + +Multiple instances of a hash type may be computed and stored. +The password hashes are calculated using the +crypt +3 call. +The number of rounds used to compute the hash can be specified by adding +':rounds=xxxx' to the hash type, i.e. CryptSHA512:rounds=4500 would calculate +an SHA512 hash using 4500 rounds. If not specified the Operating System +defaults for +crypt +3 are used. + + +As password changes can occur on any domain controller, +you should configure this on each of them. Note that this feature is +currently available only on Samba domain controllers. + +Currently the NT Hash of the password is recorded when these hashes +are calculated and stored. When retrieving the hashes the current value of the +NT Hash is checked against the stored NT Hash. This detects password changes +that have not updated the password hashes. In this case +samba-tool user will ignore the stored +hash values. + + +Being able to obtain the hashed password helps, when +they need to be imported into other authentication systems +later (see samba-tool user +getpassword) or you want to keep the passwords in +sync with another system, e.g. an OpenLDAP server (see +samba-tool user +syncpasswords). + +unix password sync + + + + +CryptSHA256 +CryptSHA256 CryptSHA512 +CryptSHA256:rounds=5000 CryptSHA512:rounds=7000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bc2ecb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + By specifying the name of a domain controller with this option, + and using security = [ads|domain] + it is possible to get Samba + to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server. + + Ideally, this option + should not be used, as the default '*' indicates to Samba + to determine the best DC to contact dynamically, just as all other hosts in an + AD domain do. This allows the domain to be maintained (addition + and removal of domain controllers) without modification to + the smb.conf file. The cryptographic protection on the authenticated RPC calls + used to verify passwords ensures that this default is safe. + + It is strongly recommended that you use the + default of '*', however if in your particular + environment you have reason to specify a particular DC list, then + the list of machines in this option must be a list of names or IP + addresses of Domain controllers for the Domain. If you use the + default of '*', or list several hosts in the password server option then smbd will try each in turn till it + finds one that responds. This is useful in case your primary + server goes down. + + If the list of servers contains both names/IP's and the '*' + character, the list is treated as a list of preferred + domain controllers, but an auto lookup of all remaining DC's + will be added to the list as well. Samba will not attempt to optimize + this list by locating the closest DC. + + If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the + parameter and so may resolved + by any method and order described in that parameter. + + + +security +* +NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, * +windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 * + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b77674 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This is a list of paths to modules that should + be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves + the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. + + + +/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9abcb7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + +private directory + + This parameters defines the directory + smbd will use for storing such files as smbpasswd + and secrets.tdb. + + + +&pathconfig.PRIVATE_DIR; + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rawntlmv2auth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rawntlmv2auth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4d7554 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rawntlmv2auth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This parameter has been deprecated since Samba 4.13 and + support for NTLMv2 authentication without NTLMSSP will be removed + in a future Samba release. + That is, in the future, the current default of + raw NTLMv2 auth = no + will be the enforced behaviour. + + This parameter determines whether or not smbd + 8 will allow SMB1 clients without + extended security (without SPNEGO) to use NTLMv2 authentication. + + If this option, lanman auth + and ntlm auth are all disabled, + then only clients with SPNEGO support will be permitted. + That means NTLMv2 is only supported within NTLMSSP. + + +lanman auth +ntlm auth +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96f3746 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list + then they will not be given write access, no matter what the option is set + to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the + parameter. + + +write list +invalid users + + +mary, @students + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..834633f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + An inverted synonym is . + + If this parameter is yes, then users + of a service may not create or modify files in the service's + directory. + + Note that a printable service (printable = yes) + will ALWAYS allow writing to the directory + (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bfbea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by smbd + 8 under special circumstances described below. + + + + When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e.g.: from the NT4 User Manager + for Domains), this script will be run to rename the POSIX user. Two variables, %uold and + %unew, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively. The script should + return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise. + + + + The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method. + This can mean different requirements for different backends. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care + of the contents of their respective files, so the script is responsible only for changing the POSIX username, and + other data that may required for your circumstances, such as home directory. Please also consider whether or + not you need to rename the actual home directories themselves. The ldapsam backend will not make any changes, + because of the potential issues with renaming the LDAP naming attribute. In this case the script is + responsible for changing the attribute that samba uses (uid) for locating users, as well as any data that + needs to change for other applications using the same directory. + + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06abe7b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + The setting of this parameter determines whether SAMR and LSA + DCERPC services can be accessed anonymously. This corresponds + to the following Windows Server registry options: + + + + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\RestrictAnonymous + + + + The option also affects the browse option which is required by + legacy clients which rely on Netbios browsing. While modern + Windows version should be fine with restricting the access + there could still be applications relying on anonymous access. + + + + Setting 1 + will disable anonymous SAMR access. + + + + Setting 2 + will, in addition to restricting SAMR access, disallow anonymous + connections to the IPC$ share in general. + Setting yes on any share + will remove the security advantage. + + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..008ec50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +root +root dir + + The server will chroot() (i.e. + Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is + not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the + server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries. + It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other + parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names + to access other directories (depending on the setting of the + parameter). + + + Adding a root directory entry other + than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It + absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the + sub-tree specified in the root directory + option, including some files needed for + complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability + of the server you will need to mirror some system files + into the root directory tree. In particular + you will need to mirror /etc/passwd (or a + subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for + printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is + operating system dependent. + + + +/homes/smb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/sambakcccommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/sambakcccommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af8a28a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/sambakcccommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This option specifies the path to the Samba KCC command. + This script is used for replication topology replication. + + + It should not be necessary to modify this option except + for testing purposes or if the samba_kcc + was installed in a non-default location. + + + +&pathconfig.SCRIPTSBINDIR;/samba_kcc +/usr/local/bin/kcc + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86f5f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + /(yes|true)/ + + + This option affects how clients respond to + Samba and is one of the most important settings in the + smb.conf file. + + The default is security = user, as this is + the most common setting, used for a standalone file server or a DC. + + The alternatives are + security = ads or security = domain + , which support joining Samba to a Windows domain + + You should use security = user and + if you + want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This + is commonly used for a shared printer server. + + The different settings will now be explained. + + + SECURITY = AUTO + + This is the default security setting in Samba, and causes Samba to consult + the parameter (if set) to determine the security mode. + + SECURITY = USER + + If is not specified, this is the default security setting in Samba. + With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a + valid username and password (which can be mapped using the + parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the parameter) can also + be used in this security mode. Parameters such as and if set are then applied and + may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after + the user has been successfully authenticated. + + Note that the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why + guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing + the server to automatically map unknown users into the . + See the parameter for details on doing this. + + SECURITY = DOMAIN + + This mode will only work correctly if net + 8 has been used to add this + machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the + parameter to be set to yes. In this + mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing + it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly + the same way that a Windows NT Server would do. + + Note that a valid UNIX user must still + exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow + Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to. + + Note that from the client's point + of view security = domain is the same + as security = user. It only + affects how the server deals with the authentication, + it does not in any way affect what the client sees. + + Note that the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why + guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing + the server to automatically map unknown users into the . + See the parameter for details on doing this. + + See also the parameter and + the parameter. + + SECURITY = ADS + + In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate + in this mode, the machine running Samba will need to have Kerberos installed + and configured and Samba will need to be joined to the ADS realm using the + net utility. + + Note that this mode does NOT make Samba operate as a Active Directory Domain + Controller. + + Note that this forces yes + and yes for the primary domain. + + Read the chapter about Domain Membership in the HOWTO for details. + + +realm +encrypt passwords + +AUTO +DOMAIN + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e535d32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + This parameter has been removed for Samba 4.0.0. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverrole.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverrole.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8b83a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverrole.xml @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + This option determines the basic operating mode of a Samba + server and is one of the most important settings in the smb.conf file. + + The default is server role = auto, as causes + Samba to operate according to the setting, or if not + specified as a simple file server that is not connected to any domain. + + The alternatives are + server role = standalone or server role = member server + , which support joining Samba to a Windows domain, along with server role = domain controller, which run Samba as a Windows domain controller. + + You should use server role = standalone and + if you + want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This + is commonly used for a shared printer server. + + SERVER ROLE = AUTO + + This is the default server role in Samba, and causes Samba to consult + the parameter (if set) to determine the server role, giving compatible behaviours to previous Samba versions. + + SERVER ROLE = STANDALONE + + If is also not specified, this is the default security setting in Samba. + In standalone operation, a client must first "log-on" with a + valid username and password (which can be mapped using the + parameter) stored on this machine. Encrypted passwords (see the parameter) are by default + used in this security mode. Parameters such as and if set are then applied and + may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after + the user has been successfully authenticated. + + SERVER ROLE = MEMBER SERVER + + This mode will only work correctly if net + 8 has been used to add this + machine into a Windows Domain. It expects the + parameter to be set to yes. In this + mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing + it to a Windows or Samba Domain Controller, in exactly + the same way that a Windows Server would do. + + Note that a valid UNIX user must still + exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow + Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to. Winbind can provide this. + + SERVER ROLE = CLASSIC PRIMARY DOMAIN CONTROLLER + + This mode of operation runs a classic Samba primary domain + controller, providing domain logon services to Windows and Samba + clients of an NT4-like domain. Clients must be joined to the domain to + create a secure, trusted path across the network. There must be + only one PDC per NetBIOS scope (typcially a broadcast network or + clients served by a single WINS server). + + SERVER ROLE = CLASSIC BACKUP DOMAIN CONTROLLER + + This mode of operation runs a classic Samba backup domain + controller, providing domain logon services to Windows and Samba + clients of an NT4-like domain. As a BDC, this allows + multiple Samba servers to provide redundant logon services to a + single NetBIOS scope. + + SERVER ROLE = ACTIVE DIRECTORY DOMAIN CONTROLLER + + This mode of operation runs Samba as an active directory + domain controller, providing domain logon services to Windows and + Samba clients of the domain. This role requires special + configuration, see the Samba4 + HOWTO + + SERVER ROLE = IPA DOMAIN CONTROLLER + + This mode of operation runs Samba in a hybrid mode for IPA + domain controller, providing forest trust to Active Directory. + This role requires special configuration performed by IPA installers + and should not be used manually by any administrator. + + + +security +realm +encrypt passwords + +AUTO +ACTIVE DIRECTORY DOMAIN CONTROLLER + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c69f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + This option is deprecated and will be removed in future, + as it is a security problem if not set to "yes" (which will be + the hardcoded behavior in future). + + + Avoid using this option! Use explicit 'no' instead! + + + + Samba will log an error in the log files at log level 0 + if legacy a client is rejected or allowed without an explicit, + 'no' option + for the client. The message will indicate + the explicit 'no' + line to be added, if the legacy client software requires it. (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + + This allows admins to use "auto" only for a short grace period, + in order to collect the explicit + 'no' options. + + + + See CVE-2020-1472(ZeroLogon), + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14497. + + + This option is over-ridden by the option. + + This option is over-ridden by the effective value of 'yes' from + the '' + and/or '' options. + + + +yes + + + + + + If you still have legacy domain members, which required "server schannel = auto" before, + it is possible to specify explicit exception per computer account + by using 'server require schannel:COMPUTERACCOUNT = no' as option. + Note that COMPUTERACCOUNT has to be the sAMAccountName value of + the computer account (including the trailing '$' sign). + + + + Samba will complain in the log files at log level 0, + about the security problem if the option is not set to "no", + but the related computer is actually using the netlogon + secure channel (schannel) feature. + (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + + Samba will warn in the log files at log level 5, + if a setting is still needed for the specified computer account. + + + + See CVE-2020-1472(ZeroLogon), + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14497. + + + This option overrides the option. + + This option is over-ridden by the effective value of 'yes' from + the '' + and/or '' options. + Which means 'no' + is only useful in combination with 'no' + + + server require schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = no + server require schannel seal:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = no + server require schannel:NASBOX$ = no + server require schannel seal:NASBOX$ = no + server require schannel:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = no + server require schannel seal:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = no + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannelrequireseal.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannelrequireseal.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bec67d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannelrequireseal.xml @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + + + + This option is deprecated and will be removed in future, + as it is a security problem if not set to "yes" (which will be + the hardcoded behavior in future). + + + + This option controls whether the netlogon server, will reject the usage + of netlogon secure channel without privacy/enryption. + + + + The option is modelled after the registry key available on Windows. + + + + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters\RequireSeal=2 + + + + Avoid using this option! Use the per computer account specific option + '' instead! + Which is available with the patches for + CVE-2022-38023 + see https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + + Samba will log an error in the log files at log level 0 + if legacy a client is rejected or allowed without an explicit, + 'no' option + for the client. The message will indicate + the explicit 'no' + line to be added, if the legacy client software requires it. (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + This allows admins to use "no" only for a short grace period, + in order to collect the explicit + 'no' options. + + + When set to 'yes' this option overrides the + '' and + '' options and implies + 'yes'. + + + + This option is over-ridden by the option. + + + + +yes + + + + + + + If you still have legacy domain members, which required "server schannel require seal = no" before, + it is possible to specify explicit exception per computer account + by using 'server schannel require seal:COMPUTERACCOUNT = no' as option. + Note that COMPUTERACCOUNT has to be the sAMAccountName value of + the computer account (including the trailing '$' sign). + + + + Samba will log a complaint in the log files at log level 0 + about the security problem if the option is set to "no", + but the related computer does not require it. + (The log level can be adjusted with + '1' + in order to complain only at a higher log level). + + + + Samba will warn in the log files at log level 5, + if a setting is still needed for the specified computer account. + + + + See CVE-2022-38023, + https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240. + + + + This option overrides the '' option. + + + + When set to 'yes' this option overrides the + '' and + '' options and implies + 'yes'. + + + + server require schannel seal:LEGACYCOMPUTER1$ = no + server require schannel seal:NASBOX$ = no + server require schannel seal:LEGACYCOMPUTER2$ = no + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b7755a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB1 and SMB2 signing. Possible values + are default, auto, mandatory + and disabled. + + + By default, and when smb signing is set to + default, smb signing is required when + is active directory + domain controller and disabled otherwise. + + When set to auto, SMB1 signing is offered, but not enforced. + When set to mandatory, SMB1 signing is required and if set + to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. + + For the SMB2 protocol, by design, signing cannot be disabled. In the case + where SMB2 is negotiated, if this parameter is set to disabled, + it will be treated as auto. Setting it to mandatory + will still require SMB2 clients to use signing. + + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencrypt.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f38b46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether a remote client is allowed or required + to use SMB encryption. It has different effects depending on whether + the connection uses SMB1 or SMB2 and newer: + + + + + + If the connection uses SMB1, then this option controls the use + of a Samba-specific extension to the SMB protocol introduced in + Samba 3.2 that makes use of the Unix extensions. + + + + + + If the connection uses SMB2 or newer, then this option controls + the use of the SMB-level encryption that is supported in SMB + version 3.0 and above and available in Windows 8 and newer. + + + + + + This parameter can be set globally and on a per-share bases. + Possible values are + + off, + if_required, + desired, + and + required. + A special value is default which is + the implicit default setting of if_required. + + + + + Effects for SMB1 + + + The Samba-specific encryption of SMB1 connections is an + extension to the SMB protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX + extensions. SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) + ability to encrypt and sign every request/response in a SMB + protocol stream. When enabled it provides a secure method of + SMB/CIFS communication, similar to an ssh protected session, but + using SMB/CIFS authentication to negotiate encryption and + signing keys. Currently this is only supported smbclient of by + Samba 3.2 and newer, and hopefully soon Linux CIFSFS and MacOS/X + clients. Windows clients do not support this feature. + + + This may be set on a per-share + basis, but clients may chose to encrypt the entire session, not + just traffic to a specific share. If this is set to mandatory + then all traffic to a share must + be encrypted once the connection has been made to the share. + The server would return "access denied" to all non-encrypted + requests on such a share. Selecting encrypted traffic reduces + throughput as smaller packet sizes must be used (no huge UNIX + style read/writes allowed) as well as the overhead of encrypting + and signing all the data. + + + + If SMB encryption is selected, Windows style SMB signing (see + the option) is no longer + necessary, as the GSSAPI flags use select both signing and + sealing of the data. + + + + When set to auto or default, SMB encryption is offered, but not + enforced. When set to mandatory, SMB encryption is required and + if set to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated. + + + + + + Effects for SMB2 and newer + + + Native SMB transport encryption is available in SMB version 3.0 + or newer. It is only offered by Samba if + server max protocol is set to + SMB3 or newer. + Clients supporting this type of encryption include + Windows 8 and newer, + Windows server 2012 and newer, + and smbclient of Samba 4.1 and newer. + + + + The protocol implementation offers various options: + + + + + + The capability to perform SMB encryption can be + negotiated during protocol negotiation. + + + + + + Data encryption can be enabled globally. In that case, + an encryption-capable connection will have all traffic + in all its sessions encrypted. In particular all share + connections will be encrypted. + + + + + + Data encryption can also be enabled per share if not + enabled globally. For an encryption-capable connection, + all connections to an encryption-enabled share will be + encrypted. + + + + + + Encryption can be enforced. This means that session + setups will be denied on non-encryption-capable + connections if data encryption has been enabled + globally. And tree connections will be denied for + non-encryption capable connections to shares with data + encryption enabled. + + + + + + These features can be controlled with settings of + server smb encrypt as follows: + + + + + + Leaving it as default, explicitly setting + default, or setting it to + if_required globally will enable + negotiation of encryption but will not turn on + data encryption globally or per share. + + + + + + Setting it to desired globally + will enable negotiation and will turn on data encryption + on sessions and share connections for those clients + that support it. + + + + + + Setting it to required globally + will enable negotiation and turn on data encryption + on sessions and share connections. Clients that do + not support encryption will be denied access to the + server. + + + + + + Setting it to off globally will + completely disable the encryption feature for all + connections. Setting server smb encrypt = + required for individual shares (while it's + globally off) will deny access to this shares for all + clients. + + + + + + Setting it to desired on a share + will turn on data encryption for this share for clients + that support encryption if negotiation has been + enabled globally. + + + + + + Setting it to required on a share + will enforce data encryption for this share if + negotiation has been enabled globally. I.e. clients that + do not support encryption will be denied access to the + share. + + + Note that this allows per-share enforcing to be + controlled in Samba differently from Windows: + In Windows, RejectUnencryptedAccess + is a global setting, and if it is set, all shares with + data encryption turned on + are automatically enforcing encryption. In order to + achieve the same effect in Samba, one + has to globally set server smb encrypt to + if_required, and then set all shares + that should be encrypted to + required. + Additionally, it is possible in Samba to have some + shares with encryption required + and some other shares with encryption only + desired, which is not possible in + Windows. + + + + + + Setting it to off or + if_required for a share has + no effect. + + + + + + + + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencryptionalgos.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencryptionalgos.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2dd2db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbencryptionalgos.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the availability and order of + encryption algorithms which are available for negotiation in the SMB3_11 dialect. + + It is also possible to remove individual algorithms from the default list, + by prefixing them with '-'. This can avoid having to specify a hardcoded list. + + Note: that the removal of AES-128-CCM from the list will result + in SMB3_00 and SMB3_02 being unavailable, as it is the default and only + available algorithm for these dialects. + + + +AES-128-GCM, AES-128-CCM, AES-256-GCM, AES-256-CCM +AES-256-GCM +-AES-128-GCM -AES-128-CCM + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbsigningalgos.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbsigningalgos.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7884e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversmbsigningalgos.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the availability and order of + signing algorithms which are available for negotiation in the SMB3_11 dialect. + + It is also possible to remove individual algorithms from the default list, + by prefixing them with '-'. This can avoid having to specify a hardcoded list. + + Note: that the removal of AES-128-CMAC from the list will result + in SMB3_00 and SMB3_02 being unavailable, and the removal of HMAC-SHA256 + will result in SMB2_02 and SMB2_10 being unavailable, as these are the default and only + available algorithms for these dialects. + + + +AES-128-GMAC, AES-128-CMAC, HMAC-SHA256 +AES-128-CMAC, HMAC-SHA256 +-AES-128-CMAC + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6027120 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This is a synonym for . + + + +default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fab7037 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By + default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba. + + + An example of use is: + +smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd + + + + +&pathconfig.SMB_PASSWD_FILE; + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscafile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscafile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcbac62 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscafile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This option can be set to a file (PEM format) + containing CA certificates of root CAs to trust to sign + certificates or intermediate CA certificates. + This path is relative to if the path + does not start with a /. + + + tls certfile + tls crlfile + tls dh params file + tls enabled + tls keyfile + tls/ca.pem + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscertfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscertfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf70954 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscertfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This option can be set to a file (PEM format) + containing the RSA certificate. + This path is relative to if the path + does not start with a /. + + + tls keyfile + tls crlfile + tls dh params file + tls enabled + tls cafile + tls/cert.pem + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscrlfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscrlfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f42b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlscrlfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This option can be set to a file containing a certificate + revocation list (CRL). + This path is relative to if the path + does not start with a /. + + + tls certfile + tls crlfile + tls dh params file + tls enabled + tls cafile + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsdhparamsfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsdhparamsfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bf59aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsdhparamsfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This option can be set to a file with Diffie-Hellman parameters + which will be used with DH ciphers. + + This path is relative to if the path + does not start with a /. + + + tls certfile + tls crlfile + tls cafile + tls enabled + tls keyfile + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsenabled.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsenabled.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..411b928 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsenabled.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + If this option is set to yes, then Samba + will use TLS when possible in communication. + + yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlskeyfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlskeyfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9caa824 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlskeyfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This option can be set to a file (PEM format) + containing the RSA private key. This file must be accessible without + a pass-phrase, i.e. it must not be encrypted. + This path is relative to if the path + does not start with a /. + + + tls certfile + tls crlfile + tls dh params file + tls enabled + tls cafile + tls/key.pem + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlspriority.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlspriority.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..471dc25 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlspriority.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This option can be set to a string describing the TLS protocols + to be supported in the parts of Samba that use GnuTLS, specifically + the AD DC. + + The string is appended to the default priority list of GnuTLS. + The valid options are described in the + GNUTLS + Priority-Strings documentation at http://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html + + The SSL3.0 protocol will be disabled. + + + NORMAL:-VERS-SSL3.0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsverifypeer.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsverifypeer.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f47dd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/tlsverifypeer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + This controls if and how strict the client will verify the peer's certificate and name. + Possible values are (in increasing order): + no_check, + ca_only, + ca_and_name_if_available, + ca_and_name + and + as_strict_as_possible. + + When set to no_check the certificate is not verified at + all, which allows trivial man in the middle attacks. + + + When set to ca_only the certificate is verified to + be signed from a ca specified in the option. + Setting to a valid file is required. + The certificate lifetime is also verified. If the + option is configured, the certificate is also verified against the ca crl. + + + When set to ca_and_name_if_available all checks from + ca_only are performed. In addition, the peer hostname is verified + against the certificate's name, if it is provided by the application layer and + not given as an ip address string. + + + When set to ca_and_name all checks from + ca_and_name_if_available are performed. + In addition the peer hostname needs to be provided and even an ip + address is checked against the certificate's name. + + + When set to as_strict_as_possible all checks from + ca_and_name are performed. In addition the + needs to be configured. + Future versions of Samba may implement additional checks. + + + +as_strict_as_possible + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89b0158 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password + when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. + If this is set to yes the program specified in the passwd + program parameter is called AS ROOT - + to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the + old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no + access to the old password cleartext, only the new). + + This option has no effect if samba + is running as an active directory domain controller, in that case have a + look at the option and the + samba-tool user syncpasswords command. + + +passwd program +passwd chat +password hash gpg key ids + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5248c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at + the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase + username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the + username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the + username is not found on the UNIX machine. + + If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes. + This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase + combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The + higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower + the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have + strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as AstrangeUser + . + + This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case + sensitive usernames. + + +0 +5 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..809a54c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + + + + This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. + This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows + machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they + can more easily share files. + + + + Please note that for user mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user + credentials. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been + successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified entries in the map table (e.g. + biddle = DOMAIN\foo). + + + + The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' + followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form + @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a + wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long. + + + + The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the + right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it + is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line. + + + + If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored. + + + + If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the + line. Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. Using '!' is most useful when you have a + wildcard mapping line later in the file. + + + + For example to map from the name admin or administrator to the UNIX + name root you would use: + +root = admin administrator + + Or to map anyone in the UNIX group system to the UNIX name sys you would use: + +sys = @system + + + + + You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file. + + + + + If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the /etc/group database for matching groups. + + + + You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example: + +tridge = "Andrew Tridgell" + + would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge". + + + + The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the + '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line: + +!sys = mary fred +guest = * + + + + + Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and + fred is remapped to mary then you will actually be connecting to + \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for mary not + fred. The only exception to this is the + username passed to a Domain Controller (if you have one). The DC will receive whatever username the client + supplies without modification. + + + + Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been + mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print + job. + + + + Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username + (e.g.: DOMAIN\user) from + the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client. However, when looking up a map entry for a + user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches. This resulted in inconsistent + behavior sometimes even on the same server. + + + + The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later: + + + + When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate + the connection. + + + + When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map + to the fully qualified username (i.e. DOMAIN\user) only after the user has been successfully authenticated. + + + + An example of use is: + +username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map + + + + + +no username map + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..974026c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + Mapping usernames with the + or + features of Samba can be relatively expensive. + During login of a user, the mapping is done several times. + In particular, calling the + can slow down logins if external databases have to be queried from + the script being called. + + + + The parameter + controls a mapping cache. It specifies the number of seconds a + mapping from the username map file or script is to be efficiently cached. + The default of 0 means no caching is done. + + + +0 +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7123c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the + parameter. This parameter + specifies an external program or script that must accept a single + command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication + request) and return a line on standard output (the name to which + the account should mapped). In this way, it is possible to store + username map tables in an LDAP directory services. + + + + +/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b681a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with + '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the + invalid users parameter. + + + + If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. If a username is in both this list + and the invalid users list then access is denied + for that user. + + + + The current servicename is substituted for %S. + This is useful in the [homes] section. + + + Note: When used in the [global] section this + parameter may have unwanted side effects. For example: If samba is configured as a MASTER BROWSER (see + local master, + os level, + domain master, + preferred master) this option + will prevent workstations from being able to browse the network. + + + + +invalid users + +No valid users list (anyone can login) +greg, @pcusers + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5433849 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + +writable +write ok + + Inverted synonym for . + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9b9e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the + connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter + what the option is set to. The list can + include group names using the @group syntax. + + + + Note that if a user is in both the read list and the write list then they will be + given write access. + + + + +read list + + +admin, root, @staff + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiomaxthreads.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiomaxthreads.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3afe989 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiomaxthreads.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + The integer parameter specifies the maximum number of + threads each smbd process will create when doing parallel asynchronous IO + calls. If the number of outstanding calls is greater than this + number the requests will not be refused but go onto a queue + and will be scheduled in turn as outstanding requests complete. + + + aio read size + aio write size + + +100 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4785d2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + If this integer parameter is set to a non-zero value, + Samba will read from files asynchronously when the request size is bigger + than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining + reads and when not using write cache. + The only reasonable values for this parameter are 0 (no async I/O) and + 1 (always do async I/O). + write cache size + aio write size + + +1 +0Always do reads synchronously + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritebehind.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritebehind.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d60af71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritebehind.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support, + Samba will not wait until write requests are finished before returning + the result to the client for files listed in this parameter. + Instead, Samba will immediately return that the write + request has been finished successfully, no matter if the + operation will succeed or not. This might speed up clients without + aio support, but is really dangerous, because data could be lost + and files could be damaged. + + + The syntax is identical to the + parameter. + + + + +/*.tmp/ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d649fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + If this integer parameter is set to a non-zero value, + Samba will write to files asynchronously when the request size is bigger + than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining + reads and when not using write cache. + The only reasonable values for this parameter are 0 (no async I/O) and + 1 (always do async I/O). + Compared to this parameter has + a smaller effect, most writes should end up in the + file system cache. Writes that require space allocation might + benefit most from going asynchronous. + + write cache size + aio read size + + +1 +0Always do writes synchronously + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08aa621 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This parameter allows an administrator to tune the + allocation size reported to Windows clients. This is only + useful for old SMB1 clients because modern SMB dialects + eliminated that bottleneck and have better performance by + default. Using this parameter may cause + difficulties for some applications, e.g. MS Visual Studio. + If the MS Visual Studio compiler starts to crash with an + internal error, set this parameter to zero for this share. + Settings this parameter to a large value can also cause + small files to allocate more space on the disk than + needed. + + This parameter is deprecated and will be removed in + one of the next Samba releases. + + + The integer parameter specifies the roundup size in bytes. + + +0 +1048576(to set it to the former default of 1 MiB) + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/asyncdnstimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/asyncdnstimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..522ef20 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/asyncdnstimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + The number of seconds the asynchronous DNS + resolver code in Samba will wait for responses. + Some of the Samba client library code uses internal + asynchronous DNS resolution for A and AAAA records + when trying to find Active Directory Domain controllers. + This value prevents this name resolution code from + waiting for DNS server timeouts. + + The minimum value of this parameter is clamped + at 1 second. + + +10 +20 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d0dd8c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This parameter controls the behavior of smbd + 8 when reporting disk free + sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. + + + Changing this parameter may have some effect on the + efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This + parameter was added to allow advanced administrators to change + it (usually to a higher value) and test the effect it has on + client write performance without re-compiling the code. As this + is an experimental option it may be removed in a future release. + + + Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting + size, just the block size unit reported to the client. + + + +1024 +4096 + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/checkparentdirectorydeleteonclose.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/checkparentdirectorydeleteonclose.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1de0609 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/checkparentdirectorydeleteonclose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + A Windows SMB server prevents the client from creating files in a + directory that has the delete-on-close flag set. By default Samba doesn't + perform this check as this check is a quite expensive operation in Samba. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77e0e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) + represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection + is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes + effect if the number of open files is zero. + + This is useful to stop a server's resources being + exhausted by a large number of inactive connections. + + Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a + connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be + transparent to users. + + Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes + is recommended for most systems. + + A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection + should be performed. + + +10080 +15 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec4d9ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a + caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() + calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially + when the parameter is set to no. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03678e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) + hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place + where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking + the hosts deny and hosts allow. + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fbe8cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (an integer) represents + the number of seconds between keepalive + packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be + sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether + a client is still present and responding. + + Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket + has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see ). +Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties. + + Please note this option only applies to SMB1 client connections, and + has no effect on SMB2 clients. + + +300 +600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e3043b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. + If max connections is greater than 0 then connections + will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value + of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made. + + Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in + the directory specified by the option. + + +0 +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0361358 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This option allows you to put an upper limit + on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 + then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in + size. + + Note that this option does not limit the amount of + data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still + store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks + for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the + result will be bounded by the amount specified in max + disk size. + + This option is primarily useful to work around bugs + in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks, + particularly disks over 1GB in size. + + A max disk size of 0 means no limit. + + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f873ef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of + open files that one smbd + 8 file + serving process may have open for a client at any one time. + This parameter can be set very high (16384) as Samba uses + only one bit per unopened file. Setting this parameter lower than + 16384 will cause Samba to complain and set this value back to + the minimum of 16384, as Windows 7 depends on this number of + open file handles being available. + + The limit of the number of open files is usually set + by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than + this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter. + + +16384 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5b1e42 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of smbd + 8 processes concurrently running on a system and is intended + as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient + resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating + conditions, each user will have an smbd + 8 associated with him or her to handle connections to all + shares from a given host. + + For a Samba ADDC running the standard process model this option + limits the number of processes forked to handle requests. + Currently new processes are only forked for ldap and netlogon + requests. + + + + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5bba27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This sets the minimum amount of free disk + space that must be available before a user will be able to spool + a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which + means a user can always spool a print job. + + +printing +0 +2000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d29194 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + Specifies the number of seconds it takes before + entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If + the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. + + + +660 +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2be514 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + Modern server operating systems are tuned for high + network performance in the majority of situations; when you set socket + options you are overriding those settings. Linux in particular has an + auto-tuning mechanism for buffer sizes that will be disabled if you + specify a socket buffer size. This can potentially cripple your + TCP/IP stack. + + Getting the socket options correct can make a big difference to + your performance, but getting them wrong can degrade it by just as + much. As with any other low level setting, if you must make changes + to it, make small changes and test the effect + before making any large changes. + + + + This option allows you to set socket options + to be used when talking with the client. + + Socket options are controls on the networking layer + of the operating systems which allow the connection to be + tuned. + + This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server + for optimal performance for your local network. There is no way + that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, + so you must experiment and choose them yourself. We strongly + suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating + system first (perhaps man + setsockopt will help). + + You may find that on some systems Samba will say + "Unknown socket option" when you supply an option. This means you + either incorrectly typed it or you need to add an include file + to includes.h for your OS. If the latter is the case please + send the patch to + samba-technical@lists.samba.org. + + Any of the supported socket options may be combined + in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it. + + This is the list of socket options currently settable + using this option: + + + SO_KEEPALIVE + SO_REUSEADDR + SO_BROADCAST + TCP_NODELAY + TCP_KEEPCNT * + TCP_KEEPIDLE * + TCP_KEEPINTVL * + IPTOS_LOWDELAY + IPTOS_THROUGHPUT + SO_REUSEPORT + SO_SNDBUF * + SO_RCVBUF * + SO_SNDLOWAT * + SO_RCVLOWAT * + SO_SNDTIMEO * + SO_RCVTIMEO * + TCP_FASTACK * + TCP_QUICKACK + TCP_NODELAYACK + TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD * + TCP_KEEPALIVE_ABORT_THRESHOLD * + TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT * + TCP_USER_TIMEOUT * + + + Those marked with a '*' take an integer + argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable + or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you + don't specify 1 or 0. + + To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE + for example SO_SNDBUF = 8192. Note that you must + not have any spaces before or after the = sign. + + If you are on a local network then a sensible option + might be: + + socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY + + If you have a local network then you could try: + + socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY + + If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try + setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. + + Note that several of the options may cause your Samba + server to fail completely. Use these options with caution! + + +TCP_NODELAY +IPTOS_LOWDELAY + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd867da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This is a boolean that controls the handling of + disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to yes + the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real + disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour + of actually forcing the disk system to allocate real storage blocks + when a file is created or extended to be a given size. In UNIX + terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files. + + This option is really designed for file systems that support + fast allocation of large numbers of blocks such as extent-based file systems. + On file systems that don't support extents (most notably ext3) this can + make Samba slower. When you work with large files over >100MB on file + systems without extents you may even run into problems with clients + running into timeouts. + + When you have an extent based filesystem it's likely that we can make + use of unwritten extents which allows Samba to allocate even large amounts + of space very fast and you will not see any timeout problems caused by + strict allocate. With strict allocate in use you will also get much better + out of quota messages in case you use quotas. Another advantage of + activating this setting is that it will help to reduce file + fragmentation. + + To give you an idea on which filesystems this setting might currently + be a good option for you: XFS, ext4, btrfs, ocfs2 on Linux and JFS2 on + AIX support unwritten extents. On Filesystems that do not support it, + preallocation is probably an expensive operation where you will see reduced + performance and risk to let clients run into timeouts when creating large + files. Examples are ext3, ZFS, HFS+ and most others, so be aware if you + activate this setting on those filesystems. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictrename.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictrename.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91572f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictrename.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + By default a Windows SMB server prevents directory + renames when there are open file or directory handles below + it in the filesystem hierarchy. Historically Samba has always + allowed this as POSIX filesystem semantics require it. + + This boolean parameter allows Samba to match the Windows + behavior. Setting this to "yes" is a very expensive change, + as it forces Samba to travers the entire open file handle + database on every directory rename request. In a clustered + Samba system the cost is even greater than the non-clustered + case. + + When set to "no" smbd only checks the local process + the client is attached to for open files below a directory + being renamed, instead of checking for open files across all + smbd processes. + + Because of the expense in fully searching the database, + the default is "no", and it is recommended to be left that way + unless a specific Windows application requires it to be changed. + + If the client has requested UNIX extensions (POSIX + pathnames) then renames are always allowed and this parameter + has no effect. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2e3788 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether Samba honors a request + from an SMB client to ensure any outstanding operating system + buffer contents held in memory are safely written onto stable + storage on disk. If set to yes, which is + the default, then Windows applications can force the smbd server + to synchronize unwritten data onto the disk. If set to + no then smbd will ignore client + requests to synchronize unwritten data onto stable storage on + disk. + + In Samba 4.7.0, the default for this parameter changed from + no to yes to better + match the expectations of SMB2/3 clients and improve application + safety when running against smbd. + + The flush request from SMB2/3 clients is handled + asynchronously inside smbd, so leaving the parameter as the default + value of yes does not block the processing of + other requests to the smbd process. + + Legacy Windows applications (such as the Windows 98 explorer + shell) seemed to confuse writing buffer contents to the operating + system with synchronously writing outstanding data onto stable storage + on disk. Changing this parameter to no means that + smbd + 8 will ignore the Windows + applications request to synchronize unwritten data onto disk. Only + consider changing this if smbd is serving obsolete SMB1 Windows clients + prior to Windows XP (Windows 98 and below). There should be no need to + change this setting for normal operations. + + +sync always +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a095d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This is a boolean parameter that controls + whether writes will always be written to stable storage before + the write call returns. If this is no then the server will be + guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can + set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). + If this is yes then every write will be followed by a fsync() + call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that + the strict sync parameter must be set to + yes in order for this parameter to have + any effect. + + +strict sync + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40ca7b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can + depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent + mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only OpenBSD and HPUX do not have such a + coherent cache, and on those platforms this parameter is overridden internally + to be effeceively no. On all systems this parameter should be left alone. This + parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with + the tdb internal code. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46255cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + If this parameter is yes, and the sendfile() + system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls + (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that + are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's + and cause Samba to be faster. Samba automatically turns this off for clients + that use protocol levels lower than NT LM 0.12 and when it detects a client is + Windows 9x (using sendfile from Linux will cause these clients to fail). + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9422b7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + The get quota command should only be used + whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that + samba can use. + + This option is only available Samba was compiled with + quotas support. + + This parameter should specify the path to a script that + queries the quota information for the specified + user/group for the partition that + the specified directory is on. + + Such a script is being given 3 arguments: + + + directory + type of query + uid of user or gid of group + + + The directory is actually mostly just "." - It needs to be + treated relatively to the current working directory that the script can + also query. + + The type of query can be one of: + + + 1 - user quotas + 2 - user default quotas (uid = -1) + 3 - group quotas + 4 - group default quotas (gid = -1) + + + This script should print one line as output with spaces between the columns. The printed columns should be: + + + + 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced) + 2 - number of currently used blocks + 3 - the softlimit number of blocks + 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks + 5 - currently used number of inodes + 6 - the softlimit number of inodes + 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes + 8 (optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024) + + + +set quote command + +/usr/local/sbin/query_quota + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e61b0f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + If set to yes, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse + Dfs trees hosted on the server. + + + + See also the share level parameter. For more information on + setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSFDS chapter in the book Samba3-HOWTO. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55a410f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This parameter indicates that the share is a + stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by + the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to + this share, they are redirected to one or multiple, comma separated + proxied shares using the SMB-Dfs protocol. + + Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the + and + options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share. + + +\otherserver\someshare,\otherserver2\someshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d858599 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + If set to yes, Samba treats the + share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the + distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. + Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic + links of the form msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB + and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on + Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book. + + +host msdfs +no +See also + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsshufflereferrals.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsshufflereferrals.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3461f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsshufflereferrals.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If set to yes, Samba will shuffle + Dfs referrals for a given Dfs link if multiple are available, + allowing for load balancing across clients. For more information + on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in + the Samba3-HOWTO book. + + +host msdfs +msdfs root +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/ntvfshandler.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/ntvfshandler.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5fcf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/ntvfshandler.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This specifies the NTVFS handlers for this share. + + + unixuid: Sets up user credentials based on POSIX gid/uid. + cifs: Proxies a remote CIFS FS. Mainly useful for testing. + nbench: Filter module that saves data useful to the nbench benchmark suite. + ipc: Allows using SMB for inter process communication. Only used for the IPC$ share. + posix: Maps POSIX FS semantics to NT semantics + print: Allows printing over SMB. This is + LANMAN-style printing, not the be confused with the spoolss + DCE/RPC interface used by later versions of + Windows. + + + Note that this option is only used when the NTVFS file server + is in use. It is not used with the (default) + s3fs file server. + + + +unixuid, default + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ae6ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + The set quota command should only be used + whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that + samba can use. + + This option is only available if Samba was compiled with + quota support. + + This parameter should specify the path to a script that + can set quota for the specified arguments. + + The specified script should take the following arguments: + + + 1 - path to where the quota needs to be set. + This needs to be interpreted relative to the current working + directory that the script may also check for. + 2 - quota type + + 1 - user quotas + 2 - user default quotas (uid = -1) + 3 - group quotas + 4 - group default quotas (gid = -1) + + 3 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A) + 4 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce) + 5 - block softlimit + 6 - block hardlimit + 7 - inode softlimit + 8 - inode hardlimit + 9(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024 + + + The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure. + + +get quota command + + +/usr/local/sbin/set_quota + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8f33b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + +vfs object + + This parameter specifies the backend names which + are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal + disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded + with one or more VFS objects. Be aware that the definition of this + parameter will overwrite a possible previous definition of the + vfs objects parameter. + + +extd_audit recycle + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/applygrouppolicies.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/applygrouppolicies.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67baa0d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/applygrouppolicies.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This option controls whether winbind will execute the gpupdate + command defined in on the + Group Policy update interval. The Group Policy update interval is + defined as every 90 minutes, plus a random offset between 0 and 30 + minutes. This applies Group Policy Machine polices to the client or + KDC and machine policies to a server. + + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/createkrb5conf.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/createkrb5conf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4054034 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/createkrb5conf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + Setting this parameter to no prevents + winbind from creating custom krb5.conf files. Winbind normally does + this because the krb5 libraries are not AD-site-aware and thus would + pick any domain controller out of potentially very many. Winbind + is site-aware and makes the krb5 libraries use a local DC by + creating its own krb5.conf files. + + + Preventing winbind from doing this might become necessary if you + have to add special options into your system-krb5.conf that winbind + does not see. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..864a975 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use + varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. + + + + This option specifies the default backend that is used when no special + configuration set, but it is now deprecated in favour of the new + spelling . + + + +tdb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87c6c56 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's + idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. By + default, Samba will cache these results for one week. + + + +604800 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f70f11d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + + + + ID mapping in Samba is the mapping between Windows SIDs and Unix user + and group IDs. This is performed by Winbindd with a configurable plugin + interface. Samba's ID mapping is configured by options starting with the + prefix. + An idmap option consists of the + prefix, followed by a domain name or the asterisk character (*), + a colon, and the name of an idmap setting for the chosen domain. + + + + The idmap configuration is hence divided into groups, one group + for each domain to be configured, and one group with the + asterisk instead of a proper domain name, which specifies the + default configuration that is used to catch all domains that do + not have an explicit idmap configuration of their own. + + + + There are three general options available: + + + + + backend = backend_name + + This specifies the name of the idmap plugin to use as the + SID/uid/gid backend for this domain. The standard backends are + tdb + (idmap_tdb 8 ), + tdb2 + (idmap_tdb2 8), + ldap + (idmap_ldap 8), + rid + (idmap_rid 8), + hash + (idmap_hash 8), + autorid + (idmap_autorid 8), + ad + (idmap_ad 8) + and nss + (idmap_nss 8). + The corresponding manual pages contain the details, but + here is a summary. + + + The first three of these create mappings of their own using + internal unixid counters and store the mappings in a database. + These are suitable for use in the default idmap configuration. + The rid and hash backends use a pure algorithmic calculation + to determine the unixid for a SID. The autorid module is a + mixture of the tdb and rid backend. It creates ranges for + each domain encountered and then uses the rid algorithm for each + of these automatically configured domains individually. + The ad backend uses unix ids stored in Active Directory via + the standard schema extensions. The nss backend reverses + the standard winbindd setup and gets the unix ids via names + from nsswitch which can be useful in an ldap setup. + + + + + range = low - high + + Defines the available matching uid and gid range for which the + backend is authoritative. For allocating backends, this also + defines the start and the end of the range for allocating + new unique IDs. + + + winbind uses this parameter to find the backend that is + authoritative for a unix ID to SID mapping, so it must be set + for each individually configured domain and for the default + configuration. The configured ranges must be mutually disjoint. + + + Note that the low value interacts with the option! + + + + + read only = yes|no + + This option can be used to turn the writing backends + tdb, tdb2, and ldap into read only mode. This can be useful + e.g. in cases where a pre-filled database exists that should + not be extended automatically. + + + + + + The following example illustrates how to configure the + idmap_ad 8 + backend for the CORP domain and the + idmap_tdb + 8 backend for all other + domains. This configuration assumes that the admin of CORP assigns + unix ids below 1000000 via the SFU extensions, and winbind is supposed + to use the next million entries for its own mappings from trusted + domains and for local groups for example. + + + + idmap config * : backend = tdb + idmap config * : range = 1000000-1999999 + + idmap config CORP : backend = ad + idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 + + + +min domain uid + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b576b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +winbind gid + + + The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids + for the default idmap configuration. It is now deprecated + in favour of . + + + See the option. + + + +10000-20000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32c4e1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's + idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. + + + +120 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f666f61 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +winbind uid + + + The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids for + the default idmap configuration. It is now deprecated in favour + of . + + + See the option. + + + +10000-20000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/includesystemkrb5conf.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/includesystemkrb5conf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e53292 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/includesystemkrb5conf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + Setting this parameter to no will prevent + winbind to include the system /etc/krb5.conf file into the krb5.conf file + it creates. See also . This option + only applies to Samba built with MIT Kerberos. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/netutralizent4emulation.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/netutralizent4emulation.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..247822e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/netutralizent4emulation.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This option controls whether winbindd sends + the NETLOGON_NEG_NEUTRALIZE_NT4_EMULATION flag in order to bypass + the NT4 emulation of a domain controller. + + Typically you should not need set this. + It can be useful for upgrades from NT4 to AD domains. + + The behavior can be controlled per netbios domain + by using 'neutralize nt4 emulation:NETBIOSDOMAIN = yes' as option. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/rejectmd5servers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/rejectmd5servers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bc4eaf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/rejectmd5servers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This option controls whether winbindd requires support + for aes support for the netlogon secure channel. + + The following flags will be required NETLOGON_NEG_ARCFOUR, + NETLOGON_NEG_SUPPORTS_AES, NETLOGON_NEG_PASSWORD_SET2 and NETLOGON_NEG_AUTHENTICATED_RPC. + + You can set this to yes if all domain controllers support aes. + This will prevent downgrade attacks. + + The behavior can be controlled per netbios domain + by using 'reject md5 servers:NETBIOSDOMAIN = no' as option. + + The default changed from 'no' to 'yes, with the patches for CVE-2022-38023, + see https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15240 + + This option overrides the option. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/requirestrongkey.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/requirestrongkey.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c1c1d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/requirestrongkey.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option controls whether winbindd requires support + for md5 strong key support for the netlogon secure channel. + + The following flags will be required NETLOGON_NEG_STRONG_KEYS, + NETLOGON_NEG_ARCFOUR and NETLOGON_NEG_AUTHENTICATED_RPC. + + You can set this to no if some domain controllers only support des. + This might allows weak crypto to be negotiated, may via downgrade attacks. + + The behavior can be controlled per netbios domain + by using 'require strong key:NETBIOSDOMAIN = no' as option. + + Note for active directory domain this option is hardcoded to 'yes' + + This option is over-ridden by the option. + + This option overrides the option. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2801edf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the winbindd + 8 daemon uses this + parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the + string %D is present it + is substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the + string %U is present it + is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name. + + +/home/%D/%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..891c424 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the winbindd + 8 daemon uses this + parameter to fill in the login shell for that user. + + +/bin/false + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f69de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd + 8 daemon will cache + user and group information before querying a Windows NT server + again. + + + This does not apply to authentication requests, these are always + evaluated in real time unless the option has been enabled. + + + +300 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbinddsocketdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbinddsocketdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7827d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbinddsocketdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This setting controls the location of the winbind daemon's socket. + Except within automated test scripts, this should not be + altered, as the client tools (nss_winbind etc) do not honour + this parameter. Client tools must then be advised of the + altered path with the WINBINDD_SOCKET_DIR environment + variable. + + +&pathconfig.WINBINDD_SOCKET_DIR; + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3339e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + On large installations using winbindd + 8 it may be necessary to suppress + the enumeration of groups through the setgrent(), + getgrent() and + endgrent() group of system calls. If + the winbind enum groups parameter is + no, calls to the getgrent() system + call will not return any data. + +Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ce53d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + On large installations using winbindd + 8 it may be + necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the setpwent(), + getpwent() and + endpwent() group of system calls. If + the winbind enum users parameter is + no, calls to the getpwent system call + will not return any data. + +Turning off user + enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For + example, the finger program relies on having access to the + full user list when searching for matching + usernames. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a05ecf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd + will traverse when flattening nested group memberships + of Windows domain groups. This is different from the + option + which implements the Windows NT4 model of local group + nesting. The "winbind expand groups" + parameter specifically applies to the membership of + domain groups. + + This option also affects the return of non nested + group memberships of Windows domain users. With the + new default "winbind expand groups = 0" winbind does + not query group memberships at all. + + Be aware that a high value for this parameter can + result in system slowdown as the main parent winbindd daemon + must perform the group unrolling and will be unable to answer + incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time. + + The default value was changed from 1 to 0 with Samba 4.2. + Some broken applications (including some implementations of + newgrp and sg) calculate the group memberships of + users by traversing groups, such applications will require + "winbind expand groups = 1". But the new default makes winbindd + more reliable as it doesn't require SAMR access to domain + controllers of trusted domains. + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindignoredomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindignoredomains.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af99222 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindignoredomains.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + Allows one to enter a list of trusted domains winbind should + ignore (untrust). This can avoid the overhead of resources from + attempting to login to DCs that should not be communicated with. + + + + +DOMAIN1, DOMAIN2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxclients.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxclients.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847a588 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxclients.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the maximum number of clients + the winbindd + 8 daemon can connect with. + The parameter is not a hard limit. + The winbindd + 8 daemon configures + itself to be able to accept at least that many connections, + and if the limit is reached, an attempt is made to disconnect + idle clients. + + + +200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxdomainconnections.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxdomainconnections.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be39143 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindmaxdomainconnections.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the maximum number of simultaneous + connections that the winbindd + 8 daemon should open to the + domain controller of one domain. + Setting this parameter to a value greater than 1 can improve + scalability with many simultaneous winbind requests, + some of which might be slow. + + + Note that if is set to + Yes, then only one + DC connection is allowed per domain, regardless of this setting. + + + +1 +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4a03eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested + groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or + aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested + groups are defined locally on any machine (they are shared + between DC's through their SAM) and can contain users and + global groups from any trusted SAM. To be able to use nested + groups, you need to run nss_winbind. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..362f488 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace + whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. + For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be + replaced with the string "space_kadet". + Frequently Unix shell scripts will have difficulty with usernames + contains whitespace due to the default field separator in the shell. + If your domain possesses names containing the underscore character, + this option may cause problems unless the name aliasing feature + is supported by your nss_info plugin. + + + This feature also enables the name aliasing API which can + be used to make domain user and group names to a non-qualified + version. Please refer to the manpage for the configured + idmap and nss_info plugin for the specifics on how to configure + name aliasing for a specific configuration. Name aliasing takes + precedence (and is mutually exclusive) over the whitespace + replacement mechanism discussed previously. + + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6d17c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name + Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. + Currently the following settings are available: + + + + template + - The default, using the parameters of template + shell and template homedir) + + + + + <sfu | sfu20 | rfc2307 > + - When Samba is running in security = ads and your Active Directory + Domain Controller does support the Microsoft "Services for Unix" (SFU) + LDAP schema, winbind can retrieve the login shell and the home + directory attributes directly from your Directory Server. For SFU 3.0 or 3.5 simply choose + "sfu", if you use SFU 2.0 please choose "sfu20". + Note that for the idmap backend idmap_ad + you need to configure those settings in the idmap configuration section. + Make sure to consult the documentation of the idmap backend that you are using. + + + + + + + +template +sfu + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cf1249 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should + allow one to login with the pam_winbind + module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials + from successful logins encrypted in a local cache. + + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f26fd5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd + 8 daemon will wait between + attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is + determined to be down or not contactable. + + +30 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6bb738 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets + retrieved using the pam_winbind module. + + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrequesttimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrequesttimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c7ec56 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrequesttimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd + 8 daemon will wait before + disconnecting either a client connection with no outstanding + requests (idle) or a client connection with a request that has + remained outstanding (hung) for longer than this number of seconds. + + +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50795ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + + Setting this parameter to yes forces + winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain + Controllers. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindscantrusteddomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindscantrusteddomains.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12e94cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindscantrusteddomains.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + This option only takes effect when the option is set to + domain or ads. + If it is set to yes, winbindd periodically tries to scan for new + trusted domains and adds them to a global list inside of winbindd. + The list can be extracted with wbinfo --trusted-domains --verbose. + Setting it to yes matches the behaviour of Samba 4.7 and older. + + The construction of that global list is not reliable and often + incomplete in complex trust setups. In most situations the list is + not needed any more for winbindd to operate correctly. + E.g. for plain file serving via SMB using a simple idmap setup + with autorid, tdb or ad. + However some more complex setups require the list, e.g. + if you specify idmap backends for specific domains. + Some pam_winbind setups may also require the global list. + + If you have a setup that doesn't require the global list, you should set + no. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindsealedpipes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindsealedpipes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..016ac9b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindsealedpipes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This option controls whether any requests from winbindd to domain controllers + pipe will be sealed. Disabling sealing can be useful for debugging + purposes. + + The behavior can be controlled per netbios domain + by using 'winbind sealed pipes:NETBIOSDOMAIN = no' as option. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eda14f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter allows an admin to define the character + used when listing a username of the form of DOMAIN + \user. This parameter + is only applicable when using the pam_winbind.so + and nss_winbind.so modules for UNIX services. + + + Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems + with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character + + is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group. + + +\ ++ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..186398e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether the + winbindd + 8 daemon should operate on users + without domain component in their username. Users without a domain + component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own + domain. While this does not benefit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and + e-mail function in a way much closer to the way they + would in a native unix system. + This option should be avoided if possible. It can cause confusion + about responsibilities for a user or group. In many situations it is + not clear whether winbind or /etc/passwd should be seen as authoritative + for a user, likewise for groups. + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusekrb5enterpriseprincipals.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusekrb5enterpriseprincipals.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d30b7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusekrb5enterpriseprincipals.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + winbindd is able to get kerberos tickets for + pam_winbind with krb5_auth or wbinfo -K/--krb5auth=. + + + winbindd (at least on a domain member) is never be able + to have a complete picture of the trust topology (which is managed by the DCs). + There might be uPNSuffixes and msDS-SPNSuffixes values, + which don't belong to any AD domain at all. + + + With no + winbindd doesn't even get a complete picture of the topology. + + + It is not really required to know about the trust topology. + We can just rely on the [K]DCs of our primary domain (e.g. PRIMARY.A.EXAMPLE.COM) + and use enterprise principals e.g. upnfromB@B.EXAMPLE.COM@PRIMARY.A.EXAMPLE.COM + and follow the WRONG_REALM referrals in order to find the correct DC. + The final principal might be userfromB@INTERNALB.EXAMPLE.PRIVATE. + + + With yes + winbindd enterprise principals will be used. + + + +yes +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75d4446 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Specifies that nmbd + 8 when acting as a WINS server and + finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the + NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server + for that name on behalf of the name-querying client. + + Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 + characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be + 15 characters, maximum. + + nmbd spawns a second copy of itself to do the + DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking + action. + + +wins support +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/maxwinsttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/maxwinsttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2427eec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/maxwinsttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This option tells smbd + 8 when acting as a WINS server + (yes) what the maximum + 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that nmbd + will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this + parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds). + + +min wins ttl +518400 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/minwinsttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/minwinsttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8991757 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/minwinsttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This option tells nmbd + 8 + when acting as a WINS server (yes) what the minimum 'time to live' + of NetBIOS names that nmbd will grant will be (in + seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default + is 6 hours (21600 seconds). + + +21600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_prepend1bto1cqueries.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_prepend1bto1cqueries.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8d548e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_prepend1bto1cqueries.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + Normally queries for 0x1C names (all logon servers for a domain) + will return the first address of the 0x1B names (domain master browser + and PDC) as first address in the result list. As many client only use + the first address in the list by default, all clients will use the same + server (the PDC). Windows servers have an option to disable this + behavior (since Windows 2000 Service Pack 2). + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2566062 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + Normally queries for 0x1C names will return the addresses in the + same order as they're stored in the database, that means first all + addresses which have been directly registered at the local wins server + and then all addresses registered at other servers. Windows servers + have an option to change this behavior and randomize the returned + addresses. Set this parameter to "yes" and Samba will sort the + address list depending on the client address and the matching bits of + the addresses, the first address is randomized based on depending on + the "nbtd:wins_randomize1Clist_mask" parameter. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist_mask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist_mask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea3978c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/nbtd-wins_randomize1clist_mask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If the "nbtd:wins_randomize1Clist" parameter is set to "yes", + then randomizing of the first returned address is based on the + specified netmask. If there are addresses which are in the same subnet + as the client address, the first returned address is randomly chosen + out them. Otherwise the first returned address is randomly chosen out + of all addresses. + + + +255.255.255.0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-localowner.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-localowner.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5a674f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-localowner.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This specifies the address that is stored in the winsOwner attribute, of + locally registered winsRecord-objects. + The default is to use the ip-address of the first network interface. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-nosync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-nosync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d66aa09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsdb-nosync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + This parameter disables fsync() after changes of the WINS database. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dcf5d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + When Samba is running as a WINS server this + allows you to call an external program for all changes to the + WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the + dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as + dynamic DNS. + + The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script + or executable that will be called as follows: + + wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list + + + + The first argument is the operation and is + one of "add", "delete", or + "refresh". In most cases the operation + can be ignored as the rest of the parameters + provide sufficient information. Note that + "refresh" may sometimes be called when + the name has not previously been added, in that + case it should be treated as an add. + + + + The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the + name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called. + Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores + and periods. + + + + The third argument is the NetBIOS name + type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. + + + + The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live) + for the name in seconds. + + + + The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP + addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is + empty then the name should be deleted. + + + + An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update + program nsupdate is provided in the examples + directory of the Samba source code. + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d240c21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This is a boolean that controls if nmbd + 8 will respond to broadcast name + queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this + to yes for some older clients. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d323b38 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP + address for preference) of the WINS server that nmbd + 8 should register with. If you have a WINS server on + your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP. + + You should point this at your WINS server if you have a + multi-subnetted network. + + If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can + give every wins server a 'tag'. For each tag, only one + (working) server will be queried for a name. The tag should be + separated from the ip address by a colon. + + + You need to set up Samba to point + to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet + browsing to work correctly. + See the chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO on Network Browsing. + + + +mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61 + For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will + be asked first and if that doesn't respond 192.168.2.61. If either + of those doesn't know the name 192.168.3.199 will be queried. + +192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c7fed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean controls if the nmbd + 8 process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should + not set this to yes unless you have a multi-subnetted network and + you wish a particular nmbd to be your WINS server. + Note that you should NEVER set this to yes + on more than one machine in your network. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-periodic_interval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-periodic_interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3414e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-periodic_interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This maximum interval in seconds between 2 periodically scheduled runs + where we check for wins.ldb changes and do push notifications to our + push partners. Also wins_config.ldb changes are checked in that + interval and partner configuration reloads are done. + + + +15 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-propagate_name_releases.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-propagate_name_releases.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9633150 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-propagate_name_releases.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + If this parameter is enabled, then + explicit (from the client) and implicit (via the scavenging) name releases + are propagated to the other servers directly, even if there are still other + addresses active, this applies to SPECIAL GROUP (2) and MULTIHOMED (3) entries. + Also the replication conflict merge algorithm for SPECIAL GROUP (2) entries + discards replica addresses where the address owner is the local server, + if the address was not stored locally before. The merge result is + propagated directly in case an address was discarded. + A Windows servers doesn't propagate name releases of SPECIAL GROUP (2) + and MULTIHOMED (3) entries directly, which means that Windows servers may + return different results to name queries for SPECIAL GROUP (2) and MULTIHOMED (3) + names. The option doesn't have much negative impact if Windows servers are + around, but be aware that they might return unexpected results. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-scavenging_interval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-scavenging_interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d05170e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-scavenging_interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + This is the interval in s between 2 scavenging runs which + clean up the WINS database and changes the states of expired name records. + Defaults to half of the value of wreplsrv:renew_interval. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_extra_timeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_extra_timeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2320854 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_extra_timeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This is the time in s the server needs to be up till we'll remove + tombstone records from our database. Defaults to 3 days. + + + +259200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_interval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee7d727 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This is the interval in s till released records of the WINS + server become tombstone. Defaults to 6 days. + + + +518400 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_timeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_timeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b17def9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-tombstone_timeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This is the interval in s till tombstone records are deleted from + the WINS database. Defaults to 1 day. + + + +86400 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-verify_interval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-verify_interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1efd97b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/wreplsrv-verify_interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This is the interval in s till we verify active replica records + with the owning WINS server. Unfortunately not implemented yet. + Defaults to 24 days. + + + +2073600 + -- cgit v1.2.3